[英语]时态+简单句五种基本句型

[英语]时态+简单句五种基本句型 第一章 动词的时态 英语中示不同时间发生的动作或存在的状态，需用不同的动词形式表示，这种不同的动词形式称为时态(tense)。英语动词的时态，按动作发生的先后顺序，可分为现在、过去、将来和过去将来四个时间;按动作发生的方式，又可分为一般式、进行式、完成式和完成进行式四种类型。每一种时态与每一种类型相结合，组成了英语动词的整个时态体系。现以write为例列表如下: 一般式 完成式 进行式 完成进行式 现 write have am have written is writing been writing 在 writes has are has 过 was wrote had written writing had been writing 去 were 将 shall shall shall shall write have written be writing have been writing 来 will will will will 过 should should should should 去 write have written be writing have been writing 将 would would would would 来 Unit 1 一般现在时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般现在时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I play ping-pong quite well, but I haven‘t had time to play since the new year. 2)The children go to school at seven every morning. 3)I usually go to school at half past seven. 4)He always sleeps with the windows open. 5)Father always reads newspapers after supper. 6)He works hard. 7)Does he like sports? 8)She loves music. 9)She is our English teacher. 10)We are from the USA. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般现在时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The sun rises in the east. 2)Actions speak louder than words. 1 3)Water boils at 100?. 4)The earth travels round the sun. 5)Galileo insisted that the earth goes around the sun. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般现在时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The train starts at 10 o' clock in the morning. 2)Supper is at 5 today. 3)The summer holidays begin next week. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般现在时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The volleyball match will be put off if it rains. 2)The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as he arrives. 3)I'll begin the dictation when you are ready. 4)When they leave school, they will go to college. 总结?归纳一 1(一般现在时的意义和构成: 2(一般现在时的用法: 一般现在时的动词形式 主要用法 注意事项和举例 Unit 2 一般过去时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般过去时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)She suddenly fell ill yesterday. 2)I got up at 6 o’clock yesterday. 3)We invited them to our party but they decided not to come. 4)The police stopped me on my way home last night. 2 5)She passed her examination because she studied very hard. 6)We saw Rose in town a few days ago. ,)I went to the cinema three times last week. ,)It was cold, so I shut the window. ,)? Did you go out last night ? ? Yes, I went to the cinema but I didn't enjoy the film much. 10)When did Mr. Tomas die? 11)They didn't invite her to the party, so she didn't go. 12)? Did you have time to write the letter? ? No, I didn't. 13)I was angry because they were late. 14)Was the weather good when you were on holiday? 15)They weren't able to come because they were so busy. 16)Did you go out last night or were you too tired? 17)Tom didn't come to class yesterday. 18)He always went to work by bus last year. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般过去时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)When she was in Shanghai, she often came to see me. 2)He played volleyball at school. 3)When I was in the countryside, I often called on my old friends there. 4)I went to the cinema once a week when I was at school. 5)When I stayed at Aunt Liu's, she would tell me about the great changes which had taken place in the village since liberation. 6)She used to go for a walk after supper, but now she prefers to stay at home. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般过去时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)They said they would let us know if they heard any news about him. 2)He promised that when he went to the bookstore, he would buy me a book. 3)He said he would not go if it rained. 4)They told us that they would not leave until she came back. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般过去时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)If only I had a better memory. 2)If it snowed tomorrow, the match would be put off. 3)If I were you I wouldn‘t go with him. 4)It‘s time you went to school. 5)I would rather you stayed at home. 总结?归纳二 1(一般过去时的意义和构成: 3 2(一般过去时的用法: 一般过去时的用法 基本内容 注意事项及举例 Unit 3 现在进行时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I am looking for a pair of black shoes. 2)He is picking the apples on that tree. 3)They are working in a factory these days. 4)?What are you doing here? ?I'm doing some washing. 5)The foreigners are visiting Beijing this week. 6)It's raining hard. 7) Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology is changing so rapidly. 8)He is writing a novel now. 9)He is learning English at college. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 4 1)He is coming to see you tomorrow. 2)His sister is leaving for Hong Kong tomorrow. 3)They're flying to Beijing tomorrow. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)He is constantly leaving his things about.(表责怪) 2)She is always changing her clothes.(表责怪) 3)He is always working hard.(表赞赏) 4)They‘re forever quarrelling about something. (不满) 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I‘m wondering if I may come a little late. 2)I‘m hoping you‘ll give us some suggestions. 3)You are sitting over there. 4)Don‘t stand still. You are helping her a little. 总结?归纳三 1( 现在进行时的意义和构成: 2. 现在进行时用法: 现在进行时用法 主要内容 举例 一般用法 表示将来的动作的 现在进行时 表达褒贬等感情色彩 的现在进行时 5 表示委婉命令语气的 现在进行时 Unit 4 过去进行时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I first met Lisa three years ago. She was working at a radio shop at the time. 2)The last time I saw Jane, she was picking cotton in the fields. 3)Tom slipped into the house when no one was looking. 4)It was raining at 6 o'clock this morning. 5)I was drawing a horse when the teacher came in. 6)They were building a dam last winter. 7)I was living in my teacher's house when I was in middle school. 8)? Hey, look where you are going? ? Oh, I'm terribly sorry. I wasn‘t noticing( 9)It was raining when we left school. 10)What were you doing when I phoned you last night? 11)The reporter said that the UFO was travelling east to west when he saw it. 12)I don't think Jim saw me; he was just staring into space. 13)This time last year I was living in Brazil. 14)What were you doing at 10 o'clock last night? 15)I waved to her but she wasn't looking. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)They wanted to know when we were leaving for Shanghai. 2)She asked me whether he was starting the next day. 3)He said the plane was arriving(=would arrive)soon. 4)He was leaving the following day. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)It was a dark night. The wind was blowing hard and the rain was falling heavily. A young woman suddenly appeared on the river bank. 2)Mary was making a dress when she cut her finger. 3)He was just falling asleep when there was a loud knock at the door. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)He was always trying out new ideas. 2)He was forever complaining about something. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去进行时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 6 1)? Excuse me, sir. Would you do me a favor? ? Of course. What is it? ? I was wondering if you could tell me how to fill out this form. 2)? What were you wanting? ? I was hoping you would help me with the work. 总结?归纳四 1( 过去进行时的意义和构成 2(过去进行时的用法 过去进行时的用法 主要内容 举例 一般用法 代替过去将来时 用来描写故事发生的背 景 表达褒贬等感情色彩 过去进行时表示婉转的 语气 3. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般过去时与过去进行时部分，并认真体会其用法区别。 1) Mary wrote a letter to her friend last night. Mary was writing a letter to her friend last night. 2) We built a bridge last winter. We were building a bridge last winter. 7 区别: ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Unit 5 一般将来时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)We shall leave for London next Monday. 2)He will come to see you the day after tomorrow. 3)You will be 20 next year. 4)?You've left the light on. ? Oh , so I have. I'll go and turn it off. 5)He will help his sister with her lessons. 6)We won't be free this afternoon. 7)The students will have five English classes per week this term. 8)? What would you like to drink? ? I'll have an orange juice, please. 9)? Did you phone Ruth? ? Oh no. I forgot. I'll phone her now. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)What are you going to do next Sunday? 2)They are going to meet outside the school gate. 3)I think I'm going to die. 4)Look at the cloud. It‘s going to rain. 5)The ice is going to break. 6)The question is going to be very complex. 7)The voters aren‘t going to like him. 8)Where are they going to hold the English Party? 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I'm leaving for Tibet on Sunday. 2)When are you going back to your factory? 3)He is not coming to the meeting. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The English evening is about to start. 2)They are about to set out. 3)The ship is about to sail. 4)He is about to come out. Please wait a moment. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)There's to be a slide show this afternoon. 8 2)You are to hand in your papers by 10 o'clock. 3)If a man is to succeed, he must work as hard as he can. 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The plane takes off at 8 o'clock in the morning. 2)Classes begin at 8 o‘clock. 7(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的一般将来时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Will you please be quiet? I‘m trying to concentrate. (请求对方:你/你们干„„好吗,) 2) Will you shut the window, please? It‘s so cold here. 3) I‘ve tried to advise her but she won‘t listen.(某人/ 某物拒绝做„„) 4) The car won‘t start. I wonder what‘s wrong with it. 5) Shall I shut the window? It‘s so cold here. (请求对方:我/我们干„„好吗,) 6) ? Shall we go right now? ? Just a minute. I‘m not ready yet. 总结?归纳五 1.一般将来时的意义及构成 ____________________________________________________________________________ 2.一般将来时的用法 一般将来时的主要形式 主要用法 举例 3(be going to 和will的区别 1) 9 2) 3) Unit 6 过去将来时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去将来时谓语动词部分(would/should+v)，并 认真体会其用法。 1)We were all surprised when he made it clear that he would leave office soon. 2)At that time I knew we should succeed. 3)I thought they would come to help me. 4)He said he would wait for us at the bus stop. 5)She hoped that they would meet again someday. 6)They said it would be fine. 7)He said he would come. 8)My brother told me he would be back on Saturday. 9)I rang up to tell my father that I should leave for London. 10)He would sit for hours doing nothing. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去将来时谓语动词部分(be going to + v)，并 认真体会其用法。 1)He was going to start work the following week. 2)He said he was going to visit China the next week. 3)He was going to come last night, but it rained. 4)I thought the film was going to be interesting. 5)? Alice, why didn't you come yesterday? ? I was going to, but I had an unexpected visitor. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去将来时谓语动词部分(be to + v)，并认真体 会其用法。 1)He said he was to meet his girlfriend at the station at 4p.m. 2)These first words were to change my world. 3)At that time he did not know that quitting the job was to become the turning point in his life. 4)She said she was to take up the position. 5)She said she was to have taken up the position. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去将来时谓语动词部分(be about to + v)，并认真 体会其用法。 1)I felt that something terrible was about to happen. 2)The meeting was about to be held the following day. 3)We were about to go there when it began to rain. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去将来时谓语动词部分(be + doing)，并认真体会 其用法。 10 1)? What were you doing when he came to see you? ? I had just put on my overcoat and was leaving to visit a friend of mine. 2)I didn't know you were coming. 3)He hurried into the carriage. The train was leaving in a few minutes. 总结?归纳六 1(过去将来时的意义及构成 ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 2(过去将来时的用法 过去将来时的主要形式 主要内容 注意事项及举例 Unit 7 现在完成时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)She has already come. 2)I have met him before. 3)So far , no man has travelled farther than the moon. 4)It has been hot this summer. 5)I have written two letters this morning. 11 6)He has been away from here for three years. 7)He left here three years ago. 8)It is three years since he left here. 9)He has been to the Great Wall. 10)He has gone to the Great Wall. 11)I wonder why Jenny hasn‘t written us recently. We should have heard from her by now. 12)The price has gone down, but I doubt whether it will remain so. 13)? How are you today? ? Oh, I haven't felt as ill as I do now for a very long time. 14)? Have you seen my glasses? ? Yes, I saw them on your bed a minute ago. 15)When I was at college I spoke three foreign languages, but I have forgotten all except a few words of each. 16)I have already posted the photos. 17)I have just finished my work. 18)? Have you had your lunch yet? ? Yes , I have .(I've just had it.) 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)You don't need to describe her. I have met her several times. 2)? I'm sorry to keep you waiting. ? Oh, not at all. I have been here only a few minutes. 3)They have lived here since 1989. 4)I haven't seen her these days. 5)I've drunk four cups of coffee today. 6)Have you had a holiday this year (yet)? 7)I haven't seen Tom this morning. Have you? 8)Ron hasn't worked very hard this term. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)He has been late for class every morning this week. 2)Eight times he has tried and eight times he has failed. 3)My father has always gone to work by bike. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)He will be back before I have finished my work. 2)We will set off if it has stopped raining. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的现在完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)This is a lovely meal. It's the first good meal I've had for ages. 2)? Do you know our town at all? ? No, this is the first time I have been here. 4)It's the first time I've been here. 12 5)It'll be the first time I've spoken in public. 6)This is the best film I‘ve ever seen. 7)This is the most interesting novel he has ever written. 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，比较现在完成时和一般过去时。 1) I have seen the film. I saw the film last week. 2) He has lived here since 1972. He lived here in 1972. 总结?归纳七 1(现在完成时的意义和构成 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 现在完成时由“助动词have/has+过去分词”构成。其肯定、否定疑问形式如下: 肯定式 否定式 疑问式 注意:have not常简略为 _______, has not简略为_______. 2(现在完成时的用法 现在完成时的用法 主要内容 注意事项和举例 3(现在完成时与一般过去时的区别 1) 13 2) ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Unit 8 过去完成时 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)His eyes shone brightly when he finally received the magazine he had long expected. 2)Helen had left her keys in the office so she had to wait until her husband came home. 3)When we got to the cinema, the film had already begun. 4)He told me that he had visited the Great Wall before. 5)When Jack arrived he learned Mary had been away for almost an hour. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)By the time he was twelve, Edison had begun to make a living by himself. 2)We had learnt 30 lessons by the end of last month. 3)By the end of the match, they had kicked 2 goals, and we had kicked 4 . 4)The news came as no surprise to me. I had known for some time that the factory was going to shut down. 5)By the time I left the school, he had taught the class for 3 years. 6)They asked me to have a drink with them and said it was at least ten years since I had enjoyed a good drink. 7)He said he had made great progress since he came here. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)If he had seen you yesterday, he would have asked you about it. 2)I should have called you if I had known your telephone number. 3)He described the scene as if he had been there. 4)Had I known that you wanted the book , I would have sent it. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)My friend told me that he had passed the exam. 2)He asked me whether I had seen the film the night before. 3)She wondered who had left the door open. 4)He said we hadn‘t seen each other since I left Beijing. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I had intended to call on you yesterday, but I had an unexpected visitor. 2)We had meant to tell her the news but found that she wasn‘t in. 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的过去完成时谓语动词部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)This was the first time they had met in thirty-nine years. 2)It was the first time we had spoken together. =She hardly had gone to bed when the bell rang. 14 3)No sooner had they left the building than a bomb exploded. 总结?归纳八 1(过去完成时的意义和构成 ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 肯定式 否定式 疑问式 注意:had not 常简略为_______。 2(过去完成时的用法 过去完成时的用法 主要内容 注意事项及举例 练习?? ?。从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中动词时态的用法。 1. When Mark opened the door, he saw a woman standing there. He ____ her before. (05北京 春) A. never saw B. had never seen C. never sees D. has never seen 2. My mind wasn't on what he was saying, so I' m afraid I ______ half of it. (04全国) A. was missing B. had missed C. will miss D. missed 3. ? Has Sam finished his homework today? ?I have no idea. He ______ it this morning. (04全国) A. did B. has done C. was doing D. had done 4. I ______ you not to move my dictionary -- now I can‘t find it.(04全国) 15 A. asked B. ask C. was asking D. had asked 5. ?Thank goodness, you're here! What ______ you? ?Traffic jam. (04全国) A. keeps B. is keeping C. had kept D. kept 6. The house could fall down soon if no one_______ some quick repair work.. (04全国) A. has done B. is doing C. does D. had done 7. Sales of CDs have greatly increased since the early 1990s, when people _____to enjoy the advantages of this new technology. (04江苏) A. begin B. began C. have begun D. had begun 8. The discussion ____ alive when an interesting topic was brought in. (04浙江) A. was coming B. had come C. has come D. came 9. Because the shop _____, all the T-shirts are sold at half price. (04浙江) A. has closed down B. closed down C. is closing down D. had closed down 10. ?I hear Jane has gone to the Holy Island for her holiday. ? Oh, how nice! Do you know when she ______? (04湖南) A. was leaving B. had left C. has left D. left 11. ?You were out when I dropped in at your house. ? Oh, I _______ for a friend from England at the airport. (04福建) A(was waiting B(had waited C(am waiting D(have waited 12. She has set a new record, that is, the sales of her latest book ________ 50 million. (04福 建) A(have reached B(has reached C(are reaching D(had reached 13. It is said in the book that Thomas Edison (1847-1931) ________ the world leading inventor for sixty years. (04辽宁) A(would be B(has been C(had been D(was 14. ? What were you doing when Tony phoned you? ? I had just finished my work and _____ to take a shower. (04天津) A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting 15. The crazy fans ______ patiently for two hours, and they would wait till the movie star arrived. (04重庆) A. were waiting B. had been waiting C. had waited D. would wait 16. She ______her hairstyle in her hometown before she came to Chongqing for a better job. (04重庆) A. would change B. has changed C. changed D. was changing 17. The first use of atomic weapons was in 1945 and their power ______ increased enormously ever since. (04上海) A. is B. was C. has been D. had been 18. ? What‘s that terrible noise? ? The neighbors ____ for a party. (04北京) 16 A. have prepared B. are preparing C. prepare D. will prepare 19. Now that she is out of a job, Lucy ____ going back to school, but she hasn‘t decided yet. (04北京) A. had considered B. has been considering C. considered D. is going to consider 20. The mayor of Beijing says that all construction work for the Beijing Olympics___ by 2006. (04北京) A. has been completed B. has completed C. will have been completed D. will have completed 21. The teacher, with 6 girls and 8 boys of her class, ____ visiting a museum when the earthquake struck. (04北京) A. was B. were C. had been D. would be 22. Let‘s keep to the point or we _______ any decisions. (04全国) A. will never reach B. have never reached C. never reach D. never reached 23. All morning as she waited for the medical report from the doctor, her nervousness ____. A(has grown B(is growing C(grew D(had grown (NMET2003) 24. Why don‘t you put the meat in the fridge? It will ____ fresh for several days. (NMET2003) A(be stayed B(stay C(be staying D(have stayed 25(I thought Jim would say something about his school report, but he ____it. (03上海) A(doesn‘t mention B(hadn‘t mentioned C(didn‘t mention D(hasn‘t mentioned 26. At this time tomorrow _____over the Atlantic. (03北京) A. we‘re going to fly B. we‘ll be flying C. we‘ll fly D. we‘re to fly 27. The news came as no surprise to me. I _____ for some time that the factory was going to shut down. (03北京) A. had known B. knew C. known D. know 28. ? You haven‘t said a word about my new coat, Brenda. Do you like it? (NMET2002) ? I‘m sorry I___ anything about it sooner. I certainly think it‘s pretty on you. A. wasn‘t saying B. don‘t say C. won‘t say D. didn‘t say 29. I wonder why Jenny ____us recently. We should have heard from her by now. (NMET2002) A. hasn‘t written B. doesn‘t write C. won‘t write D. hadn‘t written 30. He will have learned English for eight years by the time he ____ from the university next year. (02上海) A. will graduate B. will have graduated C. graduates D. is to graduate 31. ? Will you go skiing with me this winter vacation? 17 ? It ____. (02上海) A. all depend B. all depends C. is all depended D. is all depending 32. The little girl ______ her heart out because she ______ her toy bear and believed she wasn‘t ever going to find it. (02北京) A. had cried; lost B. cried; had lost C. has cried, has lost D. cries; has lost 33. ? Excuse me, sir. Would you do me a favor? ? Of course. What is it? ? I _____ if you could tell me how to fill out this form. (02北京) A. had wondered B. was wondering C. would wonder D. did wonder 34. I _____ ping-pong quite well, but I haven‘t had time to play since the New Year. (NMET2001) A. will play B. have played C. played D. play 35. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because technology ______ so rapidly. (NMET2001) A. is changing B. has changed C. will have changed D. will change 36. The reporter said that the UFO ________east to west when he saw it. (NMET2000) A(was traveling B(traveled C(had been traveling D(was to travel. 37. ? How are you today? ? Oh, I ___________as ill as I do now for a very long time. (NMET2000) A(didn't fell B(wasn't feeling C(don't fell D(haven't felt 38. ? You've left the light on. ? Oh, so I have. ________and turn it off. (NMET2000) A(I'll go B(I've gone C(I go D(I'm going 39. The price , but I doubt whether it will remain so. (NMET1999) A. went down B. will go down C. has gone down D. was going down 40. ? Hey, look where you are going? ? Oh, I'm terribly sorry. ((NMET1999) A. I'm not noticing B.I wasn't noticing C. I haven't noticing D.I don't noticing 41(He kept looking at her, wondering whether he her somewhere.(04 湖北) A(saw B(has seen C(sees D(had seen 42(? George and Lucy got married last week. Did you go to their wedding? ? No, I . Did they have a big wedding? (04 湖北) A(was not invited B(have not been invited C(hadn‘t been invited D(didn‘t invite 43. He ________ more than 5,000 English words when he entered the university at the age of 15.(05北京) A. has learned B. would have learned C. learned D. had learned 18 44. Scientists think that the continents _____ always where they _____ today. (05北京) A. aren‘t; are B. aren‘t; were C. weren‘t; are D. weren‘t; were 45. ? If the traffic hadn't been so heavy, I could have been back by 6 o'clock. ? What a pity! Tina _____ here to see you. (05湖南) A. is B. was C. would be D. has been 46. Since I won the big prize, my telephone hasn't stopped ringing. People ____ to ask how I am going to spend the money. (05湖南) A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning 47(When the old man to walk back to his house, the sun itself behind the mountain. (05 湖北) A(started ;had already hidden B(had started ;had already hidden C(had started ;was hiding D(was starting; hid 48(He was hoping to go abroad but his parents that they won‘t support him unless he can borrow money from the bank. (05 湖北) A(were deciding B(have decided C(decided D(will decide 49. They _______ on the program for almost one week before I joined them, and now we________ on it as no good results have come out so far. (05 江苏) A. had been working; are still working B. had worked; were still working C. have been working; have worked D. have worked; are still working 50(Susan decided not to work on the program at home because she didn‘t want her parents to know what she __________.(05辽宁) A(has done B(had done C(was doing D(is doing 51. The manager ―a‖ fell asleep where he ______, without undressing. (05全国) A. was laying B. was lying C. had laid D. had lied 52(? What would you do if it tomorrow? ? We have to carry it on, since we‘ve got everything ready. (05 全国) A(rain B(rains C(will rain D(is raining 53(The coffee is wonderful! It doesn‘t taste like anything I before. (05 全国) A(was having B(have C(have ever had D(had ever had 54(Listen to the two girls by the window. What language ________? (05 全国) A(did they speak B(were they speaking C(are they speaking D(have they been speaking 55(? Did you tell Julia about the result? (05全国) ? Oh, no, I forgot. I ________ her now. A(will be calling B(will call C(call D(am to call 56. my sister three times today but her line was always busy. (05北京春) A. I‘d phoned B. I‘ve been phoning C. I‘ve phoned D. I was phoning 57. I failed in the final examination last term and only then the importance of studies. (04 重庆) 19 A. I realized B. I had realized C. had I realized D. did I realize ?。汉译英。 1. 昨天我早上七点起床，吃了不少早饭。然后我步行上班，花了大约半个小时的时间。 八点四十五我开始工作，没吃午饭，下午五点下班。当我到家的时候我特别累。傍晚 我做了一顿饭。11点的时候上床睡觉，我睡得很好。 2. 昨天我和Paul打网球了，他轻而易举地就赢得了比赛。 3. 我们上周看的那部电影一点意思都没有，我一点儿都不喜欢。 4. 我急急忙忙到机场去接我台湾来的叔叔，所以我没时间给你打电话。 5. 搬运那些大包儿简直是艰苦的劳动，它们太沉了。 6(汤姆很可能8点到。 7(我想Ann会喜欢我们给她买的礼物。 8(? Ann住院了。 ? 是吗,我要去医院看看她。 9(我太累了，不能走路回家，我要打车。 10(你今天晚上打算看电视吗, 11(他将不能通过考试，他不够努力。 12(汤姆做饭的时候把手烫伤了。 13(昨天我在公园见到你了。你坐在草地上看书呢。 14(昨天我正在街上走，突然看见了Dave，于是我就停下来，我们聊了一会儿。 15(警察已经逮捕了两名与抢劫有关的人。 16(我已经写了信，不过还没有寄出去。 17(Jim去度假了，他去了西班牙。 18(Jane度假回来了，她去过意大利。 19(Susan 真的喜欢那部电影，她已经看过8次了。 20(多无聊的电影呀～这是我看过的最无聊的电影。 21(一切进展顺利～到目前为止我们没有任何问题。 22(我饿了，从早饭到现在我还没吃东西呢。 23(看见你真高兴，我们好久不见了。 24(Linda 丢了护照，这是她第二次丢护照了。 25(我昨天见过Tom，但今天我没见到他。 26(? 你以前开过车吗, ? 没有，这是我第一次开车。 27(我本想去帮助你们，可是没能及时到那儿。 28(当消防队员赶到时，火已经被扑灭了。 29(学生们告诉记者伤者已经被送到医院了。 30(你去哪儿了,整个上午我都在找你。 31(他过去常在星期日来看我们。 32(我打电话告诉我父亲我要去巴黎学习绘画。 20 33(他没考及格，他一看到考卷就知道这一点。 34(他告诉我他已经等我半个小时了。 35(今天下午2点我将拜访李教授。 36(明年此时你们将在大学里读书。 37(他说他不能回来，因为要开会。 38(下个月一号，我在这个学校学习就满5年了。 39(到这个月底，我们将学完10单元。 40(当太阳落山的时候，他们就将已经行军6个多小时了。 ?。请用动词的各种时态写5个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳一 1(一般现在时的意义和构成: 一般现在时表示现在经常发生的动作或存在的状态，还可表示主语的性格、特征、能力 等。常与usually, always, every day, twice a week, seldom, sometimes等时间状语连用。一 般现在时常以动词原形表示，但当主语是第三人称单数时，应用动词的第三人称单数形 式。其疑问与否定要用助动词do或does。 2(一般现在时的用法: 一般现在时主要用法 注意事项和举例 的动词形式 He is a Professor from ?表示现在经常发生的动作或存在的状态，还Beijing University. 可表示主语的性格、特征、能力等。 I usually go to school at half past seven. ?一般现在时表示客观事实或普遍真理，也用The sun rises in the east. 在格言中。注意:主句中的谓语动词是过去时The teacher said that light 态，但宾语从句中如果所说的是客观真理，它travels faster than sound. 的谓语动词仍用一般现在时。 do/does 21 ?一般现在时表示按规定、计画或时间表将要The train starts at 10 o' 发生的事，通常限于表示运动的动词，如go，clock in the morning. am/is/are come，leave，start，begin，arrive，take offMy plane takes off at 等，其后常跟有表示将来的时间状语。在这种4:10. 情况下，一般现在时的意义和一般将来时相同。 ?一般现在时在时间、条件、比较等状语从句The volleyball match will 中表示将来的动作。但应注意， 主句的谓语动be put off if it rains. 词必须用一般将来时。从句一般由when, if, I‘ll give the money to her after, before, as, as soon as, the minute, the next the moment I see her. time, in case, though, till, until, unless, so long as, where, whatever, whenever等引导。 总结?归纳二 1(一般过去时的意义和构成: 一般过去时表示过去某个特定时间内发生的动作或存在的状态，由规则动词词尾加-ed或-d或不规则动词的过去时表示，除be外，其余动词没有人称和数的变化。各种动词的否定结构和一般疑问结构由助动词did来构成。常有明确的时间状语，如yesterday，last night, some years ago，in1890等，以及由when等引导的时间状语从句。 2(一般过去时的用法 一般过去时的用法 基本内容 注意事项及举例 基本用法 表示过去某个特定时间内发生的动They bought some books 作或存在的状态 yesterday. 表示过去习惯 一般过去时表示过去某一段时间内 经常或反复发生的动作，常与When she was in Shanghai, often，usually，seldom等表示频she often came to see me. 度的副词连用。注意:表示过去经 常或反复发生的动作，还可用used to 或would加动词原形表示。 一般过去时在条件、时间状语从句中，用来代替过去将来时 He promised that when he 常用一般过去时代替过去将来时。 went to the bookstore, he would buy me a book. 表虚拟语气 一般过去时在虚假条件句中或某些It‘s time you went to 特定的句型，表示现在或将来的非school. 真实、主观意图或愿望。 总结?归纳三 1( 现在进行时的意义和构成:现在进行时表示说话时正在进行的动作，现在进行时由 22 助动词am/is/are + 动词的现在分词构成。 2(现在进行时用法: 现在进行时用法 主要内容 举例 一般用法 现在进行时表示说话时正在进行的动作， 它不涉及该动作的发生和结果，译成汉语I am cooking in the “正在”，这一用法常和表示此刻的时间状kitchen. 语连用，如now, at this time, at present，at the moment等。现在进行时He is writing a book 还可以表示现阶段但并非眼下正在进行these days. 着的动作，这种动作常与表示一段时间的 时间状语连用，如these days , this week 等。 表示将来的动作的现在进行时表示某个按最近的计划或安 现在进行时 排将要进行的动作，或即将开始或进行的 动作。常用的这类词go, come, leave, They are leaving for stay, start, arrive, land, meet, move, Canada next week. return, stay, stop, do, dine等，通常 要与表示将来的时间状语连用，以区别此 刻正在进行的动作。 现在进行时和always ,forever, 表达褒贬等感情色continually, constantly, instantly, He is always scolding 彩的现在进行时 continuously等频度副词连用，表示经me. 常、反复发生的动作，不强调动作的进行 性。表达厌烦、愤怒、抱怨、赞扬等情感。 表示委婉命令语气wonder, hope, think 等表示心理的动词I’m wondering 的现在进行时 用于进行时可以表示婉转的语气。还可表whether you can lend 示较为温和的命令。 me some money. 3. 现在进行时和一般现在时的区别: 现在进行时强调动作在现在或现阶段正在发生，如: 1) He is making a telephone call to his teacher. (他现在正在给老师打电话。) 2) The writer is writing another novel these days.(写小说是他这一阶段正在做的事情。) 而一般现在时强调经常发生的动作或存在的状态。如: 1) He often makes telephone calls to his teacher. (他经常给老师打电话。) 2) The writer writes stories for children.(这位作家为孩子们写故事。) 总结?归纳四 1.过去进行时的意义和构成 23 过去进行时表示在过去某一时刻或某段时间内正在进行的动作。构成过去进行时常由―助动词be的过去时was/were+现在分词‖构成。was not常简写为wasn‘t, were not简略为weren‘t。 2(过去进行时的用法 过去进行时的用法 主要内容 注意事项及举例 一般用法 过去进行时表示在过去 某一时刻正在进行的动作。They were dancing in the 动作发生的特定时间常用一park this time yesterday. 个短语或时间状语从句来表 明。或表示在过去某段时间 正在进行的动作。 代替过去将来时 come, go ,leave, start, stay, When he came in, I was arrive等表示位置转移的动going out. 词，用过去进行时表示过去 将要发生的动作。 用来描写故事发生的背景 过去进行时在口语或记叙文It was quite dark and the 中，可以用过去进行时表示wind was blowing hard. 的持续动作作为背景，以此 引出由一般过去时表示的新 动作。 表达褒贬等感情色彩 过去进行时也可以和He was continually asking always，constantly，such silly questions. continually，forever等词连 用，表示说话人的主观感情， 如赞扬、不满、厌烦等。 过去进行时表示婉转的语气 wonder, hope, think，want 等When he came over to me I 表示心理的动词用于进行时was thinking to how to ask 可以表示婉转的语气。 him for help. 3(一般过去时与过去进行时用法区别 一般过去时表示在过去某个时间发生的动作或存在的状态(强调一次性动作);而过去进行时则表示在过去某一时刻或某段时间正在进行的动作(强调反复的动作)。 1) Mary wrote a letter to her friend last night.玛丽昨晚给她的朋友写了封信。(写完了) Mary was writing a letter to her friend last night.玛丽昨晚一直在给她的朋友写信。(不一定写完) 24 2) We built a bridge last winter.去年冬天我们修了一座桥。(建成了) We were building a bridge last winter.去年冬于我们在修一座桥。(一直在修，不涉及结果) As she was reading the newspaper, Granny fell asleep.奶奶读报时睡着了。 小提示: 有些动词(如，know/want/believe)一般不能用进行时的形式，如: We were good friends. We knew each other well. (不用we were knowing) I was enjoying the party but Chris wanted to go home. (不用was wanting) 总结?归纳五 1.一般将来时的意义及构成 一般将来时表示将来某个时间要发生的动作或存在的状态，常与表示将来的时间状语连用，如tomorrow, next week, next year等。一般将来时由―助动词will(第二、三人称)/shall(第一人称)+动词原形‖构成。 一般将来时的用法 主要内容 注意事项及举例 Will/shall+动词原形 表示未来的动作或状态，常We shall go and work in this 与表示将来的时间状语连factory every year. 用，如tomorrow, next Why don‘t you put the meat Sunday, soon, in a month, in the fridge? It will stay in the future等。 fresh for several days. be going to+动词原形 表示打算、计画、决定要做They are going to meet 的事或有迹象表明即将发生outside the school gate. 的动作或状态。 be + 动词的-ing形式 表示按计画、安排即将发生He is leaving for Paris next 的动作，这一结构常用于表week. 示位置转移的动词，如 come , go , leave, start 等。 be about to+动词原形 表示打算或据安排即将发生I’m about to hand in my 的动作。它不与表示时间的composition. 副词或其他时间状语连用。 be to+动词原形 表示按计画、安排即将发生Two of you are to clean the 的动作 classroom. 一般现在时 表示安排或计画好的将来的The train from Dalian arrives 动作。这一结构常用于表示at 11:05. 位置转移的动词，如come, go, leave, start等。 25 Shall I / we do…, Shall 和will用于客气地It‘s hot here. Shall I open the Will you do…? 征求对方意见: window? 我/我们做……行吗, 你/ 你们做……行吗好吗, Won‘t+动词原形 Won’t 可用于表示人或物 拒绝做某事。 2(be going to 和will的区别 1)will表示说话人认为、相信、希望或假定要发生的事，不含任何具体的时间，可以指遥远的将来; ―be going to+动词原形‖结构表示打算、计划、决定要做的事或肯定要发生的事;还可表示说话人根据已有的事实或迹象，认为某事即将发生、肯定会发生或可能出现的情况;表示―肯定、预测，注定会‖，可以和―think, hope, want, believe, like‖等表示静态的动词连用。 He will get better.他的病会好的。(即认为最终会恢复健康，而不是马上恢复) He is gong to get better.他的病就会好了。(指有恢复的迹象) 2)be gong to 和will均可表示意图，但事先考虑过的意图用be going to，不是事先考虑过的意图用will。 ? —Why have you torn the paper into pieces? —I am going to rewrite it. ? —Is it really a big stone? —I will help you to move it. ? I'll go and shut the door. ? He will go his own way.他一意孤行。 ? I won't do so.我不愿这样做。 3)be going to可以用在条件状语从句中表示将来，而will不能。 ? If you are going to attend the meeting, you‘d better leave now. ? If you are going to accept the job, start to work now. 总结?归纳六 1(过去将来时的意义及构成 过去将来时是对于过去某一时间点而言将要发生的动作或存在的状态。过去将来时一般由 ―助动词would(第二、三人称)/should(第一人称)+动词原形‖构成。不论什么人称，美国英语皆可用would。 2(过去将来时的用法 过去将来时 主要内容 注意事项及举例 的用法 26 1(过去将来时是对于过去某He promised that he would 一时间点而言将要发生的动come to see me the next 作或存在的状态。常用于宾weekend. would/ should + 动词原形 语从句中。 2(表示过去的某种习惯行 为。 was/were going to+动词原形 1(表示过去的打算和意图; I thought the film was going 2(表示没有实现的打算和意to be interesting. 图。 通常指过去的计划安排或注He didn‘t realize that his life was/were to+动词原形 定要发生的事情。如果计画was to change completely. 的动作没有实现，要用动词 的完成式。 was/were about to，动词原表示过去即将发生的事。 We were about to go there 形 when it began to rain. 过去进行时表示过去将来 表示位置转移的动词 (如I didn't know that they were go，come，leave，start等)coming. 的过去进行时，表示按照过 去的计划安排将在过去将来 发生的事情。 总结?归纳七 1(现在完成时的意义和构成 现在完成时表示过去发生的对现在有影响的动作或表示过去某时间开始一直延续到现在的动作。 现在完成时由―助动词have/has+过去分词‖构成。其肯定式、否定式和疑问形式如下: 肯定式 否定式 疑问式 I (We, You, They) I(We,You,They)have not Have you (they, we, I) read it? have read it. read it. He(She)has read it. He (She) has not read it. Has he (she) read it? 注意:have not常简略为haven't, has not简略为hasn't. 2(现在完成时的用法 现在完成时的用法 主要内容 注意事项和举例 表示发生在过去的当现在完成时表示发生在过去的动作教师提示:现在完成时不能动作或存在的状态或存在的状态到说话时刚刚完成或结和明确表示过去的时间状语 27 到说话时刚刚完成束时，通常使用不具有延续意义的动(如yesterday, last week, in 或结束 词，如: arrive, become, begin, break1976, two days ago, just now 等。这种用法可带有迄今意义的时间等)连用，但可以和下列不确 状语，如up to now, so far, already, 定的时间状语连用，如never, not...yet等。也可带有包括现在时间在ever, always, yet, already, 内的时间状语，如now, recently, in the before, just, lately, so far, past few years, just等。 recently等。 He has lost his keys. 表示从过去某时开现在完成时表示从过去某时开始一直教师提示:现在完成时还可始一直延续到现在延续到现在的动作或状态，也许还将以和表示从过去某时刻延续的动作或状态，也继续下去。这种用法通常用于具有延到现在 (包括现在在内)的许还将继续下去。 续意义的动词，如live, stay, work等，时间状语连用。如today，this 并带有表示时间段的状语或迄今意义year，these days，this morning 的时间的状语，如for, since等。 等。 注意:表示短暂的动作动词或状态动They have painted the wall 词不能用于这种用法，如arrive, this morning. come, go, leave等。 I've met a lot of people in the last few days. 表示到现在为止的现在完成时表示到现在为止的一段时He has often gone to play 一段时间内重复发间内重复发生的动作。常与often, computer games without 生的动作。 always 等连用。 permission. 表示将来要完成的现在完成时用于时间、条件状语从句We‘ll go to the concert when 动作 中，表示将来要完成的动作。 the rain has stopped. 用在“It is the 用在―It(This) is(will be ) the It's the first time he has first/second/thifirst/second/third…time+ that从句‖或driven a car. rd…time+that从―It (This)is the best( worst, most 句”中 interesting等) + 名词+从句‖结构中， 当主句动词为is/will be时，that从句 的动词用现在完成时，that 可以省略。 主句中的主语还可用this, this evening 等; 这种结构中的first也可用其他序 数词;time也可由其他名词替代。 3(现在完成时与一般过去时的区别 现在完成时与一般过去时都表示完成的动作，但现在完成时强调这一动作对现在造成的影响或结果，强调的是现在的情况，所以它不能和表示过去的时间状语连用，如yesterday, last night, three weeks ago, in1990等。而一般过去时则表示过去的动作或状态，和现在不发生关系，它可以和表示过去的时间状语连用。 28 1) I have seen the film.我看过这部电影。(我了解这部电影的内容) I saw the film last week.我上星期看了这个电影。(只说明上星期看了这个电影，不涉及现在的情况) 2) He has lived here since 1972.1972年以来他一直住在这里。(他现在还住在这里) He lived here in 1972.1972年他们住在这里。(不涉及到现在是否还住在这里) 4. for 和since的区别: For后面经常有表示一段时间的短语;而since后面接从句或表示时间点的短语。如: 1) He has been here for about half an hour. 2) He has been here since I came back. 3) He has been here since 3 o‖clock. 5(have/ has been to 和have/ has gone to 的区别: have/ has been to 表示去过某个地方，是一种经历;而have/ has gone to表示去了某处，现在人不在这里。 1) I have been to GuiLin twice. (我去过桂林两次。) 2) He has gone to the library. (他去图书馆了。) 总结?归纳八 1(过去完成时的意义和构成 过去完成时表示过去某一时间或动作以前已经发生或完成了的动作。它表示动作发生的时间是―过去的过去‖。表示过去某一时间可用by, before等构成的短语，也可用when, before等引导的从句或通过上下文表示。过去完成时由―助动词had+过去分词‖构成。其否定式、肯定式、疑问式如下表: 肯定式 否定式 疑问式 I(we) I(We) you You had read it. You had not read it Had they read it? He(She, They) He(She ,They) he 注意:had not 常简略为hadn't。 2(过去完成时的用法 过去完成时的用法 主要内容 注意事项及举例 ? 表示在过去某一时过去完成时表示在过去某一时间或动I had learned 5000 间或动作之前已经完作以前已经完成了的动作。这个过去English words before I 成了的动作。 的时间状语有by, before等介词短语went to university. 或when, before等引导的从句。 ? 表示由过去某一时表示动作在过去某一时间之前开始，Before he slept, he had 间开始，延续到过去另一直延续到过去的这一时间，而且还worked for 12 hours. 一时间的动作。 可能继续下去的动作，常和for, since构成的短语或引导的从句连 用。 29 ? 用于表示与过去事用于表示与过去事实相反的虚拟条件If I had known his 实相反的虚拟条件从从句或as if从句中表示与过去事实相telephone number, I 句中。 反。 would have told him the news. ? 用在间接引语或宾用于said，told，asked，thought，He said he had been to 语从句中。 wondered等动词的过去时后面，表示the Temple of Heaven 在这些动作发生之前已经发生了的事many times. 情。 ? 表示本来打算做而intend, mean, hope, want, plan, I had intended to finish 没有做的事。 suppose, expect, think等动词的过去完the work earlier, but 成时可以表示本来打算做而没有做的something unexpected 事，这种结构也可以表示过去未曾实happened. 现的设想、意图或希望等，含有某种 惋惜。 ? 用于某些结构中 用在 "It was the Hardly had he gone into first/second/third…time that…‖句型中the room when the 或―Hardly/Scarcely/ Barely … when, telephone rang. No sooner… than等副词的句子里。要 用过去完成时。 第二章 动词的被动语态 Unit 15 谓语动词的语态 导学?探究 1. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中动词的语态部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)She typed a letter. ?A letter was typed by her. 2)Granny takes care of the girl. ?The girl is taken care of by Granny. 3)A thief stole some TV sets for sale in the department store last night. ?Some TV sets for sale in the department store were stolen last night. 4) A lot of money was stolen yesterday. 5) Is that room cleaned every day? 总结?归纳一 1. 通过对本单元的学习，你知道英语的动词可分为几种语态, 2. 什么时候用被动语态, 3. 如何将主动语态变为被动语态, 30 Unit 16 十大时态的被动语态 导学?探究 1.朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中动词的被动语态部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) That house was built in 1935. 2) One hundred people are employed by the company. 3) Those houses were built by my father. 4) The work wasn‘t done by me. 5) I'm not often invited to parties. 6) I am requested not to touch the exhibits. 7) The store is run by the trade union. 2. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中动词的被动语态部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The life of the milu is being studied there. 2) The buildings are being built now. 3) The project is being carried out. 4) The case was being investigated then. 5) I always feel nervous when I am being watched. 6) Those factories were being rebuilt then. 7) There was somebody walking behind us. We were being followed. 3. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中动词的被动语态部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) She/He won‘t be allowed by his father to marry Alice. 2) I won‘t/shan‘t be asked to join in the game. 3) We shall/will not be invited to his birthday party tomorrow. 4) They would be sent to the army when they finished the training. 5) His boss told him he wouldn‘t be employed by his company the next year. 6) My teacher told me I would be invited to the lecture. 7) A new supermarket is going to be/is to be built next year. 8) The meeting is about to be held when the chairman arrives. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中动词的被动语态部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) This book has been translated into several languages. 2) The mistakes in your composition have been corrected. 3) They said that production costs had been reduced. 4) By the time he came, the problem had been settled. 5) In the past ten years my hometown has been rebuilt. 6) He had been invited to teach at a university there. 7) Have you ever been bitten by a dog? 8) The car was three years old but hadn't been used very much. 31 9) Have you been elected captain of your football team? 10)They will have been cured by the end of this month. 11) The patients had been cured by the end of last year. 12) We will\shall have been examined by the doctor by the time our teacher comes. 13)My brother told me his book would have been published by the end of that month. 总结?归纳二 1. 一般现在时和一般过去时的被动语态结构是什么, 2. 现在进行时和过去进行时的被动语态结构是什么, 3. 一般将来时和过去将来时的被动语态结构是什么, 4. 现在完成时、过去完成时、将来完成时、过去将来完成时的被动语态结构是什么, 总结?归纳三 通过Unit16的学习，以see的被动语态为例完成下列表格: 时\式 一般式 进行式 完成式 现在时 过去时 将来时 过去将来时 练习?检测 ?. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。然后，回填答案， 读熟并翻译下列例子，认真体会其中被动语态的用法。 1. After a fire broke out in the lab, a lot of equipment________.(05北京春) A. is damaged B. had damaged C. damaged D. was damaged 2. I can't see any coffee in this cupboard. _______?(05北京春) A. Has it all been finished B. Was it all finished C. Has it all fished D. Did it all finish 3. According to the art dealer, the painting ______ to go for at least a million dollars.(04全国) A. is expected B. expects C. expected D. is expecting 4.— The window is dirty. 32 — I know. It _____ for weeks. (04全国) A. hasn‘t cleaned B. didn‘t clean C. wasn‘t cleaned D. hasn‘t been cleaned 5. More patients ___________ in hospital this year than last year. (04江苏) A. treated B. have treated C. had been treated D. have been treated 6. The number of deaths from heart disease will be reduced greatly if people _______ to eat more fruit and vegetables. (04上海) A. persuade B. will persuade C. persuaded D. are persuaded 7. Sarah, hurry up. I'm afraid you can't have time to ______ before the party. (04全国) A. get changed B. get change C. get changing D. get to change 8.—How long _______at this job? —Since 1990. (04北京春) A.were you employed B.have you been employed C.had you been employed D.will you be employed 9. The silence of the library ______only by the sound of pages being turned over. (03春招) Ahas been broken Bbreaks Cbroke Dwas broken 10. Why don't you put the meat in the fridge? It will _____fresh for several days. (03全国) Abe stayed Bstay Cbe staying Dhave stayed 11 – What happened to the priceless of works of art? (03北京春) –________. A. They were destroyed in the earthquake B. The earthquake was destroying them C. They destroyed in the earthquake D. The earthquake destroyed them. 12. By the end of last year, another gymnasium ____in Beijing. (03上海春) A. would be completed B. was being completed C. has been completed D. had been completed 13. When and where to go for the on-salary holiday ____ yet. (03上海春) A. are not decided B. have not been decided C. is not being decided D. has not been decided 14. I feel it is your husband who _________ for the spoiled child. (2002上海) A. is to blame B. is going to blame C. is to be blamed D. should blame 15. Be careful when you cross this very busy street. If not, you may _____ run over by a car. (2002北京) A. have B. get C. become D. turn 16. This is Ted's photo. We miss him a lot. He_______ trying to save a child in the earthquake.(02北京春) A. killed B. is killed C. was killed D. was killing 17.—How are the team playing? —They are playing well, but one of them_______ hurt.(02北京春) A.got B.gets C.are D.were 33 18. Rainforests _______and burned at such a speed that they will disappear from the earth in the near future. (02上海春) A. cut B. are cut C. are being cut D. had been cut 19. Visitors ____ not to touch the exhibits. (01全国) A. will request B. request C. are requesting D. are requested 20. The new suspension bridge _____ by the end of last month. (01上海春) A. has been designed B. had been designed C. was designed D. would be designed 21. Hundreds of jobs ________if the factory closes. (01北京春) A.lose B.will be lost C.are lost D.will lose 22. A new cinema _______here. They hope to finish it next month.(01北京春) A. will be built B. is built C. has been built D. is being built 23. All the preparations for the task _______and we're ready to start.(00北京春) A. completed B. complete C. had been completed D. have been completed 24. I need one more stamp before my collection ______. (94全国) A. has completed B. completes C. has been completed D. is completed 25. —Why did you leave that position? —I _________ a better position at IBM. (2005北京) A. offer B. offered C. am offered D. was offered 26(Months ago we sailed ten thousand miles across this open sea, which _______ the Pacific, and we met no storms. (2005辽宁 ) A(was called B(is called C(had been called D(has been called 27(The hero‘s story ________ differently in the newspapers . (2005 全国 ) A(was reported B(was reporting C(reports D(reported ?. 汉译英。(用被动语态翻译下列句子) 1. 自从大学毕业后，他就被雇佣在这个工厂工作。 2. 大威做事马马虎虎的，总是被批评。 3. 她被解雇了，因为她被发现在工厂偷东西。 4. 这本小说写了多久了, 5. 昨天这扇窗户被这个淘气的小女孩打破了。 6. 截至到这个月底，一万台 DVD将被我们生产出 。 7. 据说今天下午有一场篮球赛。 8. 我的手表被偷了。 9. 这种布耐洗。 10. 一个小偷被看见从屋子里偷了东西。 11. 昨晚两个人被捕了。 12(这台电脑目前正在被使用。 13. 我们被建议晚上不要单独出去。 14(这条路不经常使用。 34 15(我没意识到我们的谈话当时正被录制。 16(我们发现比赛已被推迟。 17(你曾经被抢劫过吗? 18(你有要送的报纸吗, 19(在会见时我被问了一些难题。 20(玛利在毕业时，她的同学给了她一份礼物。 21(没人告诉我乔治病了。 22(你将被付给多少钱, 23(我认为汤姆本应该被提供那份工作。 24(这周可能举行一次会议。 25(明天能完成那项工作吗? 26(人们认为贼是从厨房的窗户进去的。 27 老师对我的考试结果感到满意。 28 在过去的十年里我的家乡发生了很大的变化。 ?. 用被动句式写五个句子，最好是意思两连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ———————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————————— 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳一 英语的动词可分为主动语态和被动语态。主动语态表示主语是动作的执行者， 被动语态表示主语是动作的承受者。主动语态和被动语态可以相互转化。 被动语态表示句子的主语是动作的承受者，也就是动作的对象，一般说来只有及物动词才有被动语态。当我们不知道谁是动作的执行者，或者没有必要指出谁是动作的执行者时。为了强调动作的承受者时或出于策略、委婉、礼貌等不提出动作的执行者时，我们使用被动语态。 把主动句中的宾语变为被动结构的主语(如果是人称代词，宾格变为主格);把主动句中的谓语变为被动结构的be+过去分词，时态要与原句保持一致;主动句中的主语变为by介词短语(如果是人称代，主格变为宾格)，有时介词短语可省去。 总结?归纳二 十大时态的被动语态 1(一般现在时和一般过去时的被动语态结构是什么,am/is are done 和was/were done 2(现在进行时和过去时进行时的被动语态结构是什么,am/is are being done 和was/were being done 3(一般将来时和过去将来时的被动语态结构是什么,will/would be done 35 4(现在完成时、过去完成时、将来完成时、过去将来完成时的被动语态结构是什么,has/have been done ,had been done, shall\will have been done, would have been done. 总结?归纳三 通过Unit16的学习，以see的被动语态为例完成下列表格: 时\式 一般式 进行式 完成式 现在时 am am has is seen is being seen been seen are are have 过去时 was was seen being seen had been seen were were 将来时 shall Shall be seen have been seen will will 过去将来时 would be seen Would have been seen 小提示: 若主语为第一人称可用shall代替will; be going to/be about to/be to有时可代替will. 第三章 简单句的五种基本句型 英语句子按结构分为简单句、并列句、复合句，其中简单句是基础。简单句按结构 有以下五种基本句型: 1(主语+连系动词+表语 2(主语+不及物动词 3(主语+及物动词+宾语 4(主语，及物动词，间接宾语，直接宾语 5(主语，及物动词，宾语，宾语补足语 Unit 26 主语，连系动词，表语 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的连系动词和表语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) This machine is in good condition. 2) All these dictionaries are of great help to me. 3) The trouble is how to get in touch with the airport. 4) They all remained silent at the meeting. 5) Doing morning exercise keeps us health. 6) Everything in the room remained untouched. 7) He proved to be honest. 36 8) The weather turned out to be fine. 9) My father continues in good health. 10) He stayed single all his life. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的连系动词和表语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) He doesn't look very well. 2) It tastes very good. 3) The food smells delicious. 4) Your hand feels cold. 5) What he said sounded very reasonable. 6) But he seemed rather tired last night. 7) Everybody appears (to be) well prepared. 8) Ann felt very tired after walking for two hours. 9) The farm looks like a large beautiful garden. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的连系动词和表语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) He became very interested in science. 2) Our dreams have at last come true. 3) The city has grown twice as large as it was before. 4) All the children have fallen asleep. 5) The weather gets warmer and days get longer. 6) The trees turn green. 7) Fish soon goes bad in hot weather. 8) John‘s dream came true at last. 总结?归纳一 连系动词的种类 种类 常见的连系动词 表示( )的连系动词 表示( )的连系动词 表示( )的连系动词 练习?检测 ?. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中系动词的用法。 1. In winter the days________ shorter and shorter. 37 A. turn B. get C. keep D. fall 2. My mother _________ ill two days ago. A. turned B. went C. kept D. fell 3. When spring comes the trees _________ green and flowers come out. A. turn B. get C. keep D. fall 4. On his way home Tom's bike was broken. He _______ very worried A. turned B. fell C. felt D. kept 5. The teacher ________ angry when he heard this. A. kept B. became C. fell D. turned 6. Lucy and Lily are twins .They ________ the same. A. smell B. look C. become D. turn 7. They __________ busy for many days last month. A. got B. kept C. became D. turned 8. The meat __________ bad. A. sounds B. keeps C. smells D. turned 9. The woman _____ single all her life. A. became B. got C. stayed D. proved 10. What the man had said ______ true. A. proved B. turned C. stayed D. went 11. ? Do you like the material? ? Yes, it ______ very soft. (NMET94) A. is feeling B. felt C. feels D. is felt 12. Why don‘t you put the meat in the fridge? It will _____ fresh for several days.(NMET03) A. be stayed B. stay C. be staying D. have stayed 13. The pilot asked all the passengers on board to remain ____ as the plane was making a landing. A. seat B. seating C. seated D. to be seating 14. Be careful when you cross this very busy street. If not, you may ______ run over by a car. A. have B. get C. become D. turn 15. Happy birthday, Alice. So you have _____ twenty-one already. (04天津) A(become B. turned C. grown D. passed 16. Sarah, hurry up. I‘m afraid you can‘t have time to _____ before the party. (04全国II) A(get changed B. get change C. get changing D. get to change 17. On hearing the news of the accident in the coal mine, she ____ pale. (04湖北) A. got B. changed C. went D. appeared 18. The flowers ____ sweet in the botanic garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature. (04 上海) A. to smell B. smelling C. smelt D. to be smelt 19. Although he has taken a lot of medicine, his health ___ poor. (02春上海) 38 A(proves B. remains C. maintains D. continues 20. I love to go to the seaside in summer. It ____ good to lie in the sun or swim in the cool sea. A. does B. feels C. gets D. makes ?(汉译英。 1(听到这个消息她的脸变得苍白了。 2(帮助那个小孩找到妈妈，我很高兴。 3(我19岁，身体健康。 4(对于高三的学生来说，时间永远都不够长。 5(恐怕他不能来参加聚会了。 6(鱼在热天很快就会变质。 7. 中国自然资源丰富。 8. 史密斯先生曾经当过英语教师。 9. 丝绸摸起来又软又滑。 10. 她不敢请求老师帮助。 ?(请用主语，连系动语，表语写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Unit 27 主语，不及物动词 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词并认真体会其用法。 1) The students arrived. 2) They are listening. 3) The water is boiling. 4) They have been waiting there for hours. 5) The train will leave soon. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词和状语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Tom often works hard on the farm. 2) It rained heavily in Beijing yesterday. 3) I sometimes go to see my grandfather on Sunday. 4) They were laughing when the teacher came. 5) The flags are waving in the wind. 6) Everybody is now working very hard. 7) They didn't come because of the rain. 8) We talked face to face. 39 9) She is working as a tourist guide. 10) He behaves as if he were the boss. 总结?归纳二 1.这个句型也可发展成为_________________________: 2. 状语 位置 举例 副词 介词 短语 不定式 练习?检测 ?. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中简单句句式的用法。 1. The evening news comes on at seven o‘clock and ____ only thirty minutes. (04 全国II) A. keeps B. continues C. finishes D. lasts 2. , Mummy， can I put the peaches in the cupboard? , No, dear. They don‘t ____ well. Put them in the fridge instead. (02北京) A( keep B. fit C. get D. last 3. Books of this kind _______ well. (99上海) A( sell B. sells C. are sold D. is sold 4. My uncle ____ until he was forty-five. (2000 上海) A. married B. didn‘t marry C. was not marrying D. would marry 5. When Jack arrived he learned Mary _______ for almost an hour. A. had gone B. had set off C. had left D. had been away ?. 汉译英。 1. 她坐在一个角落里，以免被人注意。 2. 听到这个好消息之后，所有的男孩都笑了。 3. 海伦从1971年到1973年在伦敦上大学。 4. 格林先生已经旅行了几千英里。 5. 我们的产品在欧洲市场上非常畅销。 6. 飞机在10点钟准时起飞。 7. 我们的食物供应可维持到下周。 8. 这双鞋起码还可以再穿一年。 9. 我未能理解他是什么意思。 10. 如果她有空她就会来看我。 ?. 请用主语，不及物动词写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 40 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Unit 28 主语，及物动词，宾语 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) The children are watching TV. 2) They often study English. 3) He never played football in the park last year. 4) I met the teacher in the street yesterday. 5) We've known each other before. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中动词词组和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) I am listening to the radio. 2) He is looking for her. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) I hope/wish to go there at once. 2) Jim wants to see a doctor. 3)It was late, so we decided to take a taxi home. 4) Simon was in a difficult situation, so I agreed to lend him some money. 5) How old were you when you learnt to drive? 6) He offered to help me carry the box. 7) The girl refused to listen to her parents. 8) It started to rain early in the morning. 9) Please remember to bring your dictionary here. 10) Do you like to go to the cinema with me? 11) I planned to take my vacation in London. 12) I have arranged to meet him at noon. 13) Everybody desires to live long. 14) Mary aimed to pass all the examinations. 15) Don‘t forget to finish your homework first. 16) Would you care to go to the movie? 17) She chose to stay at home. 18) I hate to see that sometimes the reality is just opposite to my wishes. 19) He pretended to be reading when his mother came in. 20) I‘d prefer to do it by myself. 21) We can‘t afford to have a car. 22) I mean to give your some more reading materials. 41 23) He failed to find his teacher‘s house. 24) I can manage to send the letter to him. 25) You‘d better try to solve the problem in ten minutes. 26) I intend to major English in collage. 27) They continued to carry out the experiment in the lab. 28) The winds threatened to blow my tent away. 29) Please begin to discuss the question with your partner. 30) Haven‘t you promised to help me with my English? 31) I wouldn't dare to tell him the truth. 32) You need to be more careful next time. ? 不定式的否定式not to... We decided not to go out because of the weather. ? 不定式的进行式 to be doing I pretended to be reading the newspaper. ? 不定式的完成式 to have done You seem to have lost weight. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) We asked how to get to the station. 2) Have you decided where to go for your holidays? 3) I don‘t know whether to apply for the job or not. 4) Do you understand what to do? 5) Can somebody show me how to change the film in this camera? 6) Ask Jack. He‘ll tell you what to do. 7) Do you know how to get to John's house? 8) Can you show me how to use this washing machine? 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) I enjoy dancing. 2) Would you mind closing the door? 3) I suggested/ advised going to the cinema. 4)Suddenly everybody stopped talking. There was silence. 5)I‘ll go shopping when I‘ve finished cleaning the flat. 6) He tried to avoid answering my question. 7) I don't fancy going out this evening. 8) Have you ever considered going to have to get up early? 9) Can you imagine these fat men climbing up such a high mountain? 10) The animals require looking after carefully. 11) I couldn‘t avoid introducing her to you. 12) Please excuse my coming late. 13) He practices playing the piano every morning. 42 15) I escaped catching the flu. ? ing形式否定式not doing... I suggest not going there by bike. ? ing形式完成式 having done She admitted having stolen the money. ? ing形式被动式 being done The dog missed being run over by the car. 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Paula has given up smoking. 2) We must do something. We can‘t go on living like this! 3) Don‘t keep interrupting me while I‘m speaking. 4) I can‘t help crying. 5) Have you heard of her traveling alone? 6) All of us have succeeded in passing the exam. 7) I‘m fond of being a Party member. 8) They are thinking of going abroad for further study. 9) I‘m looking forward to hearing from you. 10) The little girl is interested in drawing. 11) The woman scientist insisted on going there in winter. 12) I‘m tired of doing morning exercise so early. 13) It kept on raining for three days. 14) He set about doing his homework. 15) I feel like having a cup of tea. 7(朗读并翻译下列各组例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) I like reading books. 2) I'd like to read that book. 3) I hate speaking before a big audience. 4) I hate to say so, but really I can't go. 5) They prefer walking to cycling. 6) I prefer to stay at home today. 7) They continued discussing the rules. 8) They continued to discuss the rules. 8(朗读并翻译下列各组例句，画出其中的及物动词和宾语部分，并认真体会其意义的区别。 1) I forgot to tell her about it. I forgot telling her about it. 2) Please remember to give the book to Jim. I remember giving him the book. 3) They stopped to have a rest after working for a long time. 43 They stopped talking as soon as the teacher came in. 4) I now regret saying what I said. I shouldn't have said it. We regret to inform you that we are unable to offer you the job. 5) The minister went on talking for two hours. After discussing the economy, the minister then went on to talk about foreign policy. 6) We must try to get everything done in time. Let‘s try doing the work some other way. 7)She doesn‘t want / need to come. The house wants / needs cleaning / to be cleaned. 8)All the students meant to write something about Madame Curie. Missing the bus means waiting for another hour at the bus-stop. 9) Hearing this, everybody can‘t help laughing. Sorry, I can‘t help to do the washing, because I have an important meeting to attend right now. 10) They stopped playing the game and went to the library. They stopped to have a rest after walking for about two hours. 总结?归纳三 A(下列动词之后跟动词不定式作宾语: B(下列动词之后用疑问词(what/whether / how 等)，不定式的结构作宾语。 C. 下列动词之后跟动词的-ing形式作宾语。 D(下列短语之后也用-ing形式作宾语: E( 下列动词后既可以跟不定式又可以跟动词-ing形式作宾语, 意义差别不大。 44 F( 下列动词后既可以跟不定式又可以跟动词-ing形式作宾语, 意义有差别。 小提示: 不定式的否定式: 动词ing形式的否定式: 不定式的进行式: 动词ing形式的完成式: 不定式的完成式: 动词ing形式的被动式: 练习?检测 ?.从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中简单句句式的用法。 1. We agreed ____ here but so far she hasn‘t turned up yet. A. having met B. meeting c. to meet D. to have met 2. Little Tom should love _______ to the theatre this evening. A. to be taken B. to take C. being taken D. taking 3. I would appreciate ____ back this afternoon. A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you‘re calling 4. I can hardly imagine Peter _____ across the Atlantic Ocean in five days. A. sail B. to sail C. sailing D. to have sailed 5. She can‘t help _____ the house because she‘s busy making a cake. A. to clean B. cleaning C. cleaned D. being cleaned 6. She looks forward every spring to ____ the flower-lined garden. A. visit B. paying a visit C. walking D. walking in 7. The discovery of new evidence led to ____. A. the thief having caught B. catch the thief C. the thief being caught D. the thief to be caught 8. She pretended ____ me when I passed by. A. not to see B. not seeing C. to not see D. having not seen 9. In some parts of London, missing a bus means ____ for another hour. A. waiting B. to wait C. wait D. to be waiting 10. Only by practicing speaking English every day can you expect ______ your spoken English. A. improving B to improve C. having improved D. to have improved 45 ?.汉译英。 1. 我已经答应帮助他。 2. 他拒绝干这项工作。 3. 我们学校有很多学生正在考虑出国学习。 4. 在同学们的帮助下，警察成功地抓住了抢劫犯。 5. 我必须记住今天交作文。 6. 我记得昨天交了作文。 7. 他承认犯了错误。 8. 学生们问下课后能不能去踢球。 9. 我以前不认识她。 10. 妈妈说我应该更努力。 11. 老师走进教室的时候他不笑了。 12. 他们正为她的健康担心呢。 13. 我们想买一些英语学习方面的书。 14. 这个小男孩不知道。 15. 她按时做完了作业。 16. 昨天我爸爸忘记关窗子了。 17. 我记得以前在哪儿见过她。 18. 很多中国农民还依靠传统的方法和经验。 19. 我正在考虑做些不同一般的事情来庆祝自己的生日。 20. 只有少数人敢于面对极限运动的挑战。 ?.请用 主语，及物动词，宾语写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Unit 29 主语 + 及物动词 + 间接宾语(人) + 直接宾语(物) =主语 + 及物动词 + 直接宾语(物) + to/for + 间接宾语(人) 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和双宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) His mother gave my sister a skirt. = His mother gave a skirt to my sister. 2) My grandmother often tells us stories. = My grandmother often tells stories to us. 3) Please show me your pictures. = Please show your pictures to me. 4) I‘ll lend you my bike. = I‘ll lend my bike to you. 5) Pass me a piece of paper. = Pass a piece of paper to me. 46 6) They have taught the dolphin a new trick. = They have taught a new trick to the dolphin. 7) He often writes his mother letters. = He often writes letters to his mother. 8) I paid him 5 dollars. = I paid 5 dollars to him. 9) I offered them some help. 10) Will you bring them some books? 11) I'll return you the money soon. 12) She sent her mother a car. 13) Don‘t leave all the work to me. 14) Hi! Throw the ball to Peter. 15) She refuses nothing to her children. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的及物动词和双宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) My father bought me a new bike yesterday. = My father bought a new bike for me yesterday. 2) Mother made me a new coat last week. = Mother made a new coat for me. 3) Can you cook dinner for us? 4) He likes to sing for the old people. 5) Could you spare me a few minutes? 6) Please fetch a piece of chalk for me. 7) Can you get me some salt? 8) The new road saves us a lot of money. 总结?归纳四 A. 可以接双宾语，如果直接宾语在前，需要用to后跟动作的接收者的动词有: A. 可以接双宾语，如果直接宾语在前，需要用for后跟动作的受益者的动词有: 练习?检测 ?. 用to或for填空，然后读熟并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中动词双宾语的用法。 1. He brings cookies _______ me every day. 2. She made a beautiful dress ______ me. 3. Mr. Johnson taught us _______ German last year. 47 4. Grandma told _______me an interesting story last night. 5. Mary handed the wallet _____ the schoolmaster. 6. Would you please pass me _______the dictionary? 7. He showed the ticket ______ the conductor. 8. This term I have written three letters _______ my parents. 9. My father has bought me _____ a new bike. 10. Robinson Crusoe made a boat ______ himself. ?.汉译英。 1. 他昨天给了我一本英语书。 2. 格林夫人教我们英语。 3. 请递给我一杯茶。 4. 他付给她$200买了那辆自行车。 5. 她给自己定了一套新衣裳。 6. 她给丈夫煮了一餐美馔。 7. 他给你带来了一本字典。 8. 我给他看我的照片。 9. 我洗了我的汽车。 10. 我告诉他汽车晚点了。 11. 他教我开机器。 12. 老师给我们介绍了新同学。 13. 你能帮我拿一下那个箱子吗, 14. 小岗每月给妈妈写一封信。 15. 请给鸟喂点吃的。 ?.请用 主语，及物动词，双宾语写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ Unit 30 主语，及物动词，宾语，宾语补足语 导学?探究 ? 有些及物动词的宾语后面要有一个补足语意思才完整，补足语一般由名词、形容词、 分词、不定式等充当。 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) Please don't call me Lily. 2) They made the girl monitor of the class. 3) They found her a very suitable person for the job. 48 4) We consider that a lie. 5) We must keep it a secret. 6) That year my mother died, leaving me an orphan. 7) They named the baby Tom. 8) They call it radioactivity. 9) He made London the base. 10) They named it Radium. 11) What do you call this kind of flower? 12) They found her a wonderful teacher. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) Let‘s get everything ready in time. 2) They found the story very interesting. 3) We must keep the room clean and tidy. 4) Do you think it necessary? 5) Praise makes good men better and bad man worse. 6) I hope to see you well soon. 7) He proved herself worthy of confidence. 8) Do you like your tea weak or strong? 9) That‘ll leave the whole morning free. 10) The fingerprints on the knife proved him the murderer. 11) I find the Chinese people to be happy and cheerful. 12) You surly can‘t consider him to be a selfish man. 13) I want the letter to be ready tomorrow. 14) As a rule I like to be alone. 15) Many people supposed him to be dead. 16) I felt them to be right. 17) I want the letter (to be) ready tomorrow 18) The dead of his dog made Crusoe very sad. 19) Very loud noises can even drive people mad. 20) The captain tore open the boy's shirt. 21) They cut the sleeping bag open. 22) She found herself in hospital when she came to. 23) The cold weather turned the leaves red. 24) Sports and games keep us healthy. 25) People often find hibernating animals asleep in winter. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) What do you advise me to do? 2) Mother wished me to marry you. 3) I did not mean you to hear it. 49 4) Would you like us to go with you? 5) I‘ll leave him to solve the problem for himself. 6) I‘ll get someone to repair the bike for you. 7) I want you to call him back at 11. 8) He asked me to help him (to) carry the heavy box. 9) They forced him to leave his home land. 10) I advise you to read it carefully. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) I felt the house shake. 2) I‘m going to have her live with me soon. 3) Let‘s go. 4) The boss made them work day and night. 5) I often hear him sing this song. 6) The girl saw the thief walk quietly into the yard. 7) All the people were watching him jump. 8) They heard him sing that song every night. 9) Every morning I could see an old woman feed these pigeons. 10) Did you notice anyone take the papers away? 11) I felt somebody touch my hand. 12) Let us help you. 13) I will have someone do it for you. 14) I will get someone to fetch it at once. ? 以上接不带to的不定式作宾补的动词用作被动语态时，其后面作宾补的不定式要带 ―to‖ 。 1) They were made to work day and night. 2) He is often heard to sing this song. 3) The thief was seen to walk quietly into the yard. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) I felt something touching my foot. 2) I can smell trouble coming. 3) He tried to have her talking, but no use. 4) Can you get the clock going again? 5) They kept us waiting for a long time. 6) Don‘t leave her waiting outside in the rain. 7) We don‘t want you getting into trouble. 8) He laughed so much that he set her laughing too. 9) Can you smell the rubbish giving off a horrible smell? 10) When I entered the kitchen, I smelled something burning. 11) Do you hear somebody knocking at the door? 50 12) Did you notice anyone watching you? 13) I felt the ship sinking. 14) They stood there looking at the tree falling down. 15) They are all listening to the musician singing. 16) When I looked out, I saw them fighting. 17) I found him sleeping. 18) Try to keep the water flowing. 19) People sometimes found the snakes hibernating in the mud. 20) She went out and left her brother standing there dumbfounded. 21) Once he caught the fox stealing chickens. 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) I felt a great weight taken off my mind by this promise. 2) I‘ll have my hair cut tomorrow. 3) He couldn‘t make himself heard. 4) We‘ll get her x-rayed. 5) He found the door closed. 6) He got up slowly leaving the lunch unfinished. 7) I don‘t want my daughter taken out after dark. 8) I won‘t hear anything said against him behind his back. 9) Houses near airports sometimes have their windows broken by the noises of jet planes. 10) He pulled on a blanket to keep himself covered. 11) They suddenly found themselves surrounded by the enemy. 12) The Emperor wanted the cloth woven for him at once. 13) Cover these machines carefully, and be sure not to leave anything exposed. 14) He told them that he did not steal the money, but he couldn't make himself believed. 15) The next morning they saw the cat hanged on a tree in the garden. 16) Before you move in, you'd better get the walls repainted. 7(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) Please make yourself at home. 2) She considered herself above others. 3) He found everything there in good order. 4) Did you find them in? 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的动词、宾语和宾语补足语并认真体会其用法。 1) I felt it my duty to report it to the teacher. 2) All these noises made it impossible for me to go on with the work. 3) At first I found it difficult to talk with her. 4) Do you consider it any good sending more people there? 5) This made it hard for me to control myself. 6) He judges it safer to go away than to stay. 51 7) For that reason I consider it something we must never do. 8) Marx found it important to study the situation in Russia. 9) This has made it necessary for agriculture and industry to develop very quickly. 10) If you learn to go all out for your team and not for yourself on the sports failed, you will later find it natural to work for the good of society, for the good of your country. 总结?归纳五 宾语补足语 常用动词 举例 名词 形容词和 to be +形容词 带to的 不定式 不带to的 不定式 ing形式 过去分词 形容词和 to be +形容词 介词短语 和副词 用it作形式 宾语的动词 练习?检测 ?.从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中简单句句式的用法。 1.A cook will be immediately fired if he is found ____ in the kitchen. A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked 2. The missing boys were last seen ____ near the river. A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play 3. Soon they could see steam ____ from the wet clothes. A. rise B. rising C. risen D. be rising 4. Last night at eight o'clock I heard him ____ in the next room. A. sing B. to sing C. singing D. sung 5. He was disappointed to find his suggestions ____. 52 A. been turned down B. turned down C. to be turned down D. to turn down 6. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see ____ the next year. A. carried out B. carrying out C. carry out D. to carry out 7. They knew her very well. They had seen her ____ up from childhood. A. grow B. grew C. was growing D. to grow 8. You're lying. I saw you ____ the room. A. enter B. to enter C. enters D. entered 9. He was heard ____ three songs in the next room. A. sing B. to sing C. sings D. sung 10. The salesman scolded the girl who was caught ____ and let her off. A. to have stolen B. to be stealing C. to steal D. stealing 11. He looked around and caught a man _____ his hand into the pocket of a passenger. A. put B. to be putting C. to put D. putting 12. Don‘t leave the water ____ while you brush your teeth. A. run B. running C. being run D. to run 13. The boy is always keeping silent. Can you get him _____? A. talked B. to talk C. talking D. talk 14. The speaker raised his voice but still couldn‘t make himself _______. A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard 15. A computer can do only what thinking people _________. A. have it do B. have it done C. have done it D. having it done ?.汉译英: 1. 垃圾清运工想让公众明白，他们做的是重要而必要的工作。 2. 他们认为总理是英明而诚实的人。 3. 他把一切都准备好了。 4. 他们证实了这个理论是正确的。 5. 我听到他谈论那女人着。 6. 我必须去理发了。 7. 我不想让任何人知道那件事。 8. 我们不允许这些男孩在此地打棒球。 9. 我们宁愿他们下星期来。 10. 雨使杂草生长得很快。 11. 他们使我相信不会有危险。 12. 由于你以前没去过那儿。我叫人给你带路吧。 13. 如果有什么问题，请告诉我。 14. 他被迫向客人道歉。 15. 对不起，让你久等了。 ?. 请用 主语，及物动词，宾语+宾语补足语写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适 当运用连词。 53 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ Unit 31 There be 结构 当我们谈论“某地或某时有„„”时，常常用There be 结构，其主语位于be动词之 后，be动词与靠近的主语保持主谓一致。 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 1) There is a book on the desk. 2) There are many people at the school gate. 3) There are four students waiting at the library. 4) There is a table, four chairs and a small bed in the room. 5) There are some books, two pens and a ruler on the desk. 6) There was a football match yesterday afternoon. 7) There is no milk in the bottle. 8) Are there any magazines in the reading-room? 9) There were many children in the park last Sunday. 10) There is going to be a football match tonight. 11) There will be an English contest in our school next week. 12) There has been much talk about current affairs. 13) Traditionally, there have been only two major political parties in the United States — the Republicans and Democrats. 14) There is to be a party tonight. 15) There are a few simple safe measures to follow while training. 16) There are also records of gymnastics being performed in China and some other Asian countries. 17) In China, there is only 7% of the land used for growing crops, which feeds more than one fourth of the world population. 18) If the population keeps growing so quickly, there will be only standing room left for us next century. 19) There were lots of good English language programs broadcast on TV or on the radio in China. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 1) There used to be a cafe across the road. 3) There seems to be a quarrel between the two girls. 54 4) There appeared to be only one room. 5) There happened to lie a small lake at the foot of the mountain. 6) There must be something wrong with it. 7) There might have been a quarrel between the couple. 8) There lived an old hunter in that small village. 9) There stands a man-made hill near the lake. 10) There remained nothing of his house after the fire. 11) There lies a bright future before them. 12) There rose a bright moon from behind the hills. 13) There is likely to be a quarrel between them. 14) There existed such a boy. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 1)There is no good/use going there. 2)There is no need to worry. 3)There is thought to be an army between in these two countries。 4)There is no knowing what he is doing. 5)There is no sense in going alone. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 1)There being a house with a garden is of great value. 2)It is impossible for there to be any more. 3)People don't want there to be another war. 4)This depended on there being a sudden change. 5)There being no buses, we had to walk home. 6)There being nothing else to do, we went home happily. 7) It was too late for there to be any buses. 总结?归纳六 1. There be…结构的肯定式及各种时态形式: 2. 在There be…结构中有时不使用be，而使用下列动词: 3. There be 结构的常用句型: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 55 6) 4. there be句式的非限定形式。 There be 的非限定形式有两种，___________和_________ 1) 作主语: 2) 作宾语: 3) 作状语: 练习?检测 ?.从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中there be结构的用法。 1. ______ a reading lamp on the table. A. There is B. There has C. It is D. It has 2. ,What a rainy summer we've had! ,Yes, there______ only 3 sunny weekends the whole summer. A. have been B. are C. had been D. has been 3. I didn't want _____ to be a war between these two countries. A. it B. them C. there D. their 4. ______ no coffee left, they had to make do with tea. A. It being B. There being C. It was D. There was 5. There is a little hope of ______ a settlement of the argument. A. to be B there to be C there being D being 6. I don't expect there ______ any misunderstanding. A is B to be C being D will be 7. There are five pairs_____, but I‘m at a loss which to buy. A to choose B to choose from C to be chosen D for my choosing 8. There is no use______ a lot without ______ anything. A to talk, do B talked, doing C talking, being done D talking, doing 9. If the storm had happened in the day-time, there ______ many more deaths. A were B would have been C had been D would be 10. ______ Mary with a baby in here arms just when I was about to leave. A There enter B There entered C Entered there D There entered into 11. There are a lot of people ______ for the bus to come. A waiting B to wait C waited D is waiting 12. The little girl is afraid to enter the house, because ______ a big dog at the gate. A lies there B lays there C there lies D there lays 13. About twenty-three centuries ago, ______. A there lived in Greece a great thinker who called Aristotle B a great thinker lived in Greece calling Aristotle C lived there in Greece a great thinker called Aristotle 56 D there lived in Greece a great thinker named Aristotle 14. ______ plenty of water in this river. A There used to being B There used to be C There is used to being D There was used to be 15. What a pity, my new computer doesn't work. ______ must be something wrong with it. A It B There C This D That 16. ______ no need for us to discuss the problem again since it has already been settled. A It has B There has C It is D There is 17. Let's get through the work quickly. ______ seems to be little time left now. A It B That C There D we 18. ______appeared to be a war between his heart and his mind. A(There B It C Where D What 19. There ________ a bed and a big wardrobe with a mirror( A(being B(to be C(was D(be 20. No one would have dreamed of ______ such a good place( A(there is B(there to be C(there being D(there was 21. If the police hadn't reacted quickly，______ a bad accident( A(there were B(there will be C(there could have been D(there had to be 22. ______ more difficulties than you thought( A(It is likely B(It is likely to be C(There is likely D(There are likely to be 23. ________just twenty-eight pounds( A(There remained B(It remained C(There were remained D(That remained 24. There ________ nobody in the room ( A(were just B(happened being C(were happened D(happened to be 25. There is no point ________ about it again( A(in talking B(talking C(to talk D(talk ?. 汉译英: 1. 那盒子里好像有好几本书。 2. 他们之间可能有些误会。 3. 24小时之后将有一次暴风雨。 4. 碰巧车站旁边有一个电话亭。 5. 过去在山脚下有一座庙。 6. 似乎是没有麻烦了。 7. 那年适逢严重水灾。 8. 今晚有个会议。 9. 有人敲门。 10. 有个女孩一直在等你。 11. 不久天就要下雨了。 12. 这个城市里有多少人口? 13. 课桌上有一个钢笔和两本书。 57 14. 在教室里有一些学生和一位老师。 15. 晚上可能有雪。 16. 看来没人愿意帮忙。 17. 过去这儿有一座楼房。 18. 碰巧有个人在此经过。 19. 好像没有太大的希望。 20. 一定有问题。 21. 不应该有这么多的人。 22. 可能还有点希望。 23. 这以前住着一个富翁。 24. 然后有人敲门。 25. 然后是传来了可怕的声音。 26. 突然进来了一个奇怪的人。 27. 跟他生气是没有用的。 28. 解释是没有必要的。 29. 根本没有必要给他那么多的钱。 30. 据报道，找到了一种更好的治疗癌症的方法。 31. 无法知道他什么时候回来。 32. 这儿有个商店，真是方便极了。 33. 我们希望不会出现争吵。 34. 老师在等着大家都安静下来。 35. 屋里没人，我们意识到哭喊是没有用的。 ?.请用 There be结构写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ Unit 32 强调结构 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的强调结构，并认真体会其用法。 1) It was I that/ who told her the news at the gate yesterday. 2) It was her that I told the news at the gate yesterday. 3) It was at the gate that I told her the news yesterday. 4) It was yesterday that I told her the news at the gate. 5) It was in 1979 that I graduated from the university. 6) It was in the bookstore that I met your brother the other day. 7) It was unwillingly that he did it for me. 58 8) It was Mary who picked up the wallet. 9) It was one of my old schoolmates whom I visited yesterday. 10) It is I who saw her in the post office when I was walking by. 11) It was with great care that they did the job. 12) It was because he was ill that we had to come back early. 13) It was because his car broke down on the way home that he came back late. 14) It was not until his father came in that the boy began to prepare his lessons. 15) It was not until midnight that he went to bed. 16) It might be his father that you are thinking of. 17) It must have been his brother you saw at the party. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的强调结构，并认真体会其用法。 1) Was it during the Second World War that he died? 2) Was it in this palace that the last emperor died? 3) Was it in 1969 that the American astronaut succeeded in landing on the moon? 4) Was it in this place that the accident happened last night? 5) Was it because she was ill that she couldn‘t come to my party? 6) Where was it that you found the lost child? 7) Why was it that you did not attend the meeting yesterday? 8) When was it that this traffic accident happened? 9) Where was it that you put my English dictionary? 10) Who was it that you saw in the park? 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的强调结构，并认真体会其用法。 1) I do like watching basketball games. 2) He does work hard. 3) They did hear the cry for help, but they couldn‘t see anybody nearby. 4) Do come this evening. 4. 朗读并翻译下列例句，挑出其中的强调结构，并认真体会这几个句子的用法区别。 1) It was at midnight that I got back home yesterday. 2) It was midnight when I got back home yesterday. 3) It was two years ago that I began to learn English. 4) It is /has been two years since I began to learn English. 5) It was two years before he came back from abroad. 6) It was two years later that he came back from abroad. 7) It is two hours that he spends on English every day. 8) It wasn‘t long before he senced the danger of the position. 9) It will be three months before she graduates from high school. 10) It was not two years before he left home. 总结?归纳七 强调句型的结构: 59 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 易混句型: ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ 练习?检测 ?.从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中强调句式的用法。 1. Was ________ that I saw last night at the concert? (Shanghai'97) A. it you B. not you C. you D. that yourself 2. It is the ability to do the job ________ matters not where you come from or what you are. (NMET2000) A. it B. that C. one D. this 3. "Wasn't it Dr Wang who spoke to you just now?""________"(Shanghai'96) A. I didn't know he was. B. Yes, it was. C. No, he wasn't. D. Yes, he did. 4. It was with great joy _____ he received the news that his lost daughter had been found. (04 福建) A. because B. which C. since D. that 5. It was _______ back home after the experiment. (04湖北) A. not until midnight did he go B. until midnight that he didn't go C. not until midnight that he went D. until midnight when he didn't go 6. Why? I have nothing to confess. _______ you want me to say? (04上海) A. What is it that B. What it is that C. How is it that D. How it is that 7. It is these poisonous products _____ can cause the symptoms of the flu, such as headache and aching muscles. (03上海) A. who B. that C. how D. what 8. It was for this reason _____ her uncle moved out of New York and settled down in a small village. (01上海春) A. which B. why C. that D. how 60 9. It was how the young man had learned five foreign languages _______ attracted the audience's interest. (00上海春) A. so that B. that C. what D. in which 10. It was only when I reread his poems recently ____ I began to appreciate their beauty. (NMET 98) A. until B. that C. then D. so 11. It was about 600 years ago _____ the first clock with a face and an hour hand was made. (NMET 97) A. that B. until C. before D. when 12. It was because of bad weather ______ the football match had to be put off. (上海03春) A. so B. so that C. why D. that 13. ? He was nearly drowned once. ? When was ______? ? ______ was in 1998 when he was in middle school. A. that, It B. this, This C. this, It D. that, This 14. ____ she first heard of the man referred to as a specialist. (1990.1) A. That was from Stephen B. It was Stephen whom C. It was from Stephen that D. It was Stephen that 15. When I try to understand ____ that prevents so many Americans from being as happy as one expect, it seems to me that there are two causes. (1998) A. why it does B. what it does C. what it is D. why it is 16. It was ______ the next morning that I began to think about where I was going. A. before B. after C. when D. not until 17. It ______ her brother ______ she will borrow the money. A. is from…that B. is from…who C. is…whom D. is…that 18. It ______ on the telephone that I spoke to my wife in New Zealand. A. is B. was C. are D. were 19. It might have been John ______ bought a new ring for Lily yesterday afternoon. A. therefore B. who C. which D. so that 20. Maybe she ______ hear and was just ignoring me. A. did B. does C. do D. didn‘t 21. It wasn‘t until nearly a month later ______ I received the manager‘s reply. (2005 全国) A(since B(when C(as D(that ?. 汉译英: 1) 就是因为她母亲病了，她才没跟我们一起去。 2) 昨晚直到十二点我父亲才回家。 3) 此事是在广州发生的吗, 4) 他们把房子漆成的是白色。 5) 他现在担任的是总师。 61 6) 你刚才看到的一定是玛丽。 7) 霍金对他的语音电脑不满意的地方是什么呢, 8) 玩电脑游戏用掉了这个孩子本来应该花在功课上的许多时间。 9) 直到走进教室，她才意识到忘了做作业。 10) 几个月以来，他一直利用自己的业余时间制作飞机模型。 11) 该受责备的人是我。 12) 直到半夜这个孩子才找到回家的路。 13)李东到底在哪儿找到钢笔的, 14) John 是在1925年发现无线传送图片的方法的。 15) 他确实是在自己的兜里找到钥匙的。 ?(请用强调结构写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳一 连系动词的种类: 种类 常见的连系动词 表示( 状态 )的连系动词 be (是、在)，keep(一直)，remain(保持，仍是) continue (连续是)，stay(一直)，prove(证实是)， turn out (结果是) 表示(感觉)的连系动词 feel(感觉、觉得、摸起来), seem(似乎、好像)， appear(看来，好像)，look(看起来)，smell(嗅起来), sound(听起来), taste(尝味、尝起来) 表示(变化)的连系动词 Become(成为)，get(变得)，turn(变得、转成) go(变为、成为)，fall(进入某种状态 、变得)， grow(渐渐变得)，come(变成是) 总结?归纳二 1.这个句型也可发展成为:主语，状语，不及物动词，状语。 2. 状语 位置 举例 副词 be 动词后实义always, often, usually, sometimes, never, ever; already, all 动词前 He always works carefully. 62 介词 后 He seemed to have been fired by his boss. 短语 后 The whole family go to church every Sunday. 不定式 后 He came to tell you the news. 总结?归纳三 A(下列动词之后跟动词不定式作宾语。 want, like, wish, hate, prefer, continue, offer, decide, hope, attempt, promise, agree, plan, aim, afford， manage， threaten， refuse， arrange， forget， fail， try， start， learn， care， mean， intend， begin， remember， desire， choose， pretend， dare， need， seem， appear B(下列动词之后用疑问词(what/whether / how 等)，不定式的结构作宾语。 Ask， decide， know， remember， forget， explain， learn， tell， show， advise， understand， wonder， teach C. 下列动词之后跟动词的-ing形式作宾语。 suggest， mind， enjoy， require， excuse， escape， advise， stop， delay, consider, admit, miss, finish, imagine, avoid, practice D(下列短语之后也用-ing形式作宾语。 can‘t help, think of, dream of, insist on, hear of, devote to, set about, give up(=stop), prevent…from, keep…from, stop…from, spend…in depend on, thank…for…, be fond of, be afraid of, feel like, excuse for, be tired of, be sick of, succeed in, be proud of, look forward to, get(be) used to, put off(=postpone), be interested in, carry on/go on(=continue), keep / keep on (=do something continuously or repeatedly), E( 下列动词后既可以跟不定式又可以跟动词-ing形式作宾语, 意义差别不大。 love, start, prefer, like, begin, hate, continue F( 下列动词后既可以跟不定式又可以跟动词-ing形式作宾语, 意义有差别 remember, forget, regret, mean, try, go on, stop ?forget: forget to do something 忘记做某事(forget后面的动作没有做) forget doing something 忘记曾做过某事(forge后面的动作做了) ?remember: remember to do something 记住去做某事(remember 后的动作未做) remember doing something 记得曾做过某事(remember后的动作做了) ?stop: stop to do something (不定式作目的状语，停下来干某事) stop doing something (动词ing 作宾语，停止干某事) ?regret I regret doing something=I did it and now I'm sorry about it. 63 I regret to say / to tell you / to inform you =I'm sorry that I have to say... ?go on go on doing sth=continue doing the same thing. go on to do sth=do or say sth new ?try try to do sth 努力做某事 try doing sth 试着做某事 ? need / want need / want to do 需要/想要做某事 need / want doing 某事需要被做 ? mean mean to do 打算做。。。 mean doing 意味着。。。 ? can’t help can‘t help doing 忍不住做。。。 can‘t help to do 不能帮助做。。。 ? stop stop doing 停止做某事 stop to do sth. 停下来去做某事 小提示: 不定式的否定式:not to do 动词ing形式的否定式:not doing 不定式的进行式:to be doing 动词ing形式的完成式:having done 不定式的完成式:to have done 动词ing形式的被动式:being done 总结?归纳四 A. 可以接双宾语，如果直接宾语在前，需要用to后跟动作的接收者的动词有: give， show， tell， teach， pass send， lend， write， pay， bring， offer， read， leave， hand，throw allow，wish， promise， refuse， return B. 可以接双宾语，如果直接宾语在前，需要用for后跟动作的受益者的动词有: make，buy，sing，cook，get，find，do，fetch，paint，play，save，order，spare… 总结?归纳五 宾语补足语 常用动词 举例 名词 make, find, leave, call, consider, We found her an honest person. name, think 形容词和to be +make, get, find, keep, leave, They made him angry. 形容词 want, think, believe, cut, tear, 64 judge drive, like, know, paint, prove, set, suppose, turn, wish, see 带to的不定式 advise, allow, ask, beg, expect, Please remind me to read the encourage, force, help(to)，invite, letter before I leave. hate, order, tell, remind, warn, get, want, wish 不带to的不定式 feel, have, let, make, hear, notice, see, I noticed her sleep in class. watch ing形式 feel, smell, have, hear, notice, see, I hear someone singing in the watch, get, find, keep, leave, want, classroom. set 过去分词 feel, have, make, hear, notice, see, I saw her knocked down by a watch, get, find, leave, want car. 形容词和to be +find, want, consider, think, believe, He asked me to help him with 形容词 like, know, prove, suppose, feel his English. 介词短语/副词 make, consider, find Please make yourself at home. 用it作形式宾语think, find, consider, I felt it hard to speak English 的动词 judge, feel, make well without practicing. 总结?归纳六 1. There be…结构的肯定式及各种时态形式: 现在时 There is / are… 过去时 There was/ were… 将来时 There will be …/ There is going to be… / There is to be… 完成时 There has /have been … 情态动词 There must be … 2. 在There be…结构中有时不使用be，而使用下列动词: seem to be(似乎有)，appear to be(似乎有)，happen to be(碰巧有)，be likely to be(可能有)，must be (一定有)， might be(也许有)，used to be(过去有)，exist(存在)，occur(出现)，stand(有)，lie(有)，live(有)… 3. There be 结构的常用句型: 1) There is no sense in doing 做某事是没有用的，没有意义的 65 2) There is no use /good doing 做某事是没有用的，没有必要的 3) There is no need to do 没有必要做某事 4) There is thought/said/reported to be 人们认为有/据说有/据报道有 5) There is no doing(口语)不可能……. 6) There is no doubt that… 毫无疑问… 4. there be结构的非限定形式。 There be结构的非限定形式有两种，即there to be 和there being。需要掌握以下几个情况: 1) There being结构作主语, 当句式中有for时，一般用there to be 2) there to be 结构作动词宾语时，常见动词有:expect, mean, intend want, prefer等 3) there being结构作状语。 5(there be结构和have/has的区别。 there be 结构表示“某地或某时有„„”时，其主语位于be动词之后，be动词与靠近的主语保持主谓一致。而have/has表示某人有某物。 1)There is a big pine tree in front of the tample. 2)We have a big apple tree. 总结?归纳七 强调句型的结构: 1) It is/was +被强调部分+ that +句子的其他部分，有时也用It might be + 被强调部分+ that +句子的其他部分和It must have been +被强调部分+ that +句子的其他部分 2) It is/was +被强调部分(表示人的名词)+ that/ who/ whom +句子的其他部分 3) It was not until…+ that +句子的其他部分(肯定句式) 4) 疑问词+was/ is it that句子的其他部分, 5) 主语+ do/ does/ did + 动词原形/ Do + 动词原形+其他。. 小提示:(易混句型) 1) It is/ was/ might be / must have been +被强调部分+ that +句子的其他部分. 这是强调句结构，去掉 It is/ was/ might be / must have been 和 that，句子可以还原。 2)It is/ has been + 时间 +since + 过去时态的句子。 3)It wasn‘t long before …不久就„„ It won‘t be long before… 不久就会„„ 4)It was/ wasn‘t + 时间+ befoere …„„过(时间)就„„/ 不到(时间)就„„ It will/ won‘t + 时间+before…„„过(时间)就会„„/不到(时间)就„„ 5)It was + 时间+ when… 当时是„„， 时间已是„„ 第 四 章 并 列 句 Unit 33 并列句 如果句子包含两个或更多互不依从的主谓结构，就是并列句;并列句中的分句通常用一个并列连词来连接或用逗号或分号分开。 导学?探究 66 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的并列连词，并认真体会其用法。 1) I turned on the TV and we sat down and watched it. 2) Jim fell off his bike and broke his leg. 3) He finished his lunch and went shopping. 4) Not only is he our teacher, but also he is our friend. 5) Jim fell off his bike, and he was not hurt. 6) I bought my sister a present, but she didn‘t like it. 7) We grow rice in the south of the States, but in the north where it is colder they grow wheat. 8) The worker hunted for jobs in New York for months, yet he couldn't find any work. 9) Instead, he asked his father why he was not able to hatch chickens while hens could. 10) He speaks French, or perhaps he understands it. 11) He either speaks French, or understands it. 12) Work hard, otherwise you'll be sorry. 13) Neither did the naughty boy go home nor did his parents come to search for him. 14) He couldn‘t find his pen, so he wrote in pencil. 15) He worked day and night; therefore, he was able to buy the sports car. 16) We seldom stay in hotels, for we can‘t afford it. 17) They had often heard of elephants, but they had never seen one, for being blind, how could they? 18) Work hard and you will pass the test. 19) Hurry up, or you will miss the train. 20) Certainly he apologized; however, I won't forgive him. 21) We fished all day; however, we didn‘t catch a thing. 22) I had a drink, and then I went home. 23) I have only an old car; still it is better than nothing. 24) He was angry, nevertheless he listened to me. 总结?归纳 连接并列句的连词: 连接词 举例 表并列 表转折、对比 表选择 表结果 表原因 表条件 连接副词 练习?检测 ?. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 67 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中并列句的用法。 1. We fished all day; _____, we didn‘t catch a thing. A. however B. for C. or D. so 2. It rained heavily, _____, the game was called off. A. for B. but C. and D. therefore 3. We had better stay at home, ______ it was raining. A. for B. then C. but D. or 4. He didn‘t work hard, _______ he failed in the examination. A. for B. or C. still D. therefore 5. We must hurry, ______ we‘ll miss the train. A. or B. but C. for D. if 6. ____ it with me and I'll see what I can do. A(When left B(Leaving C(If you leave D(Leave 7. He doesn‘t smoke, ____. A. nor his brother B. nor is his brother C. nor does his brother D. nor has his brother 8. ____ your test paper carefully, and some mistakes can certainly be avoided, I think. A(Having checked B(Check C(As long as you check D(While checking 9. Stand over there, _______ you‘ll be able to see it better. A. or B. while C. but D. and 10. ? I think George doesn‘t really care for TV plays. ? Right, _______ he still watches the program. A. and B. but C. or D. so 11. ? Somebody wants you on the telephone. ?____ no one knows I‘m here. ((2005北京22) A. For B. And C. But D. So 12. Unlike watching TV, reading is a highly active process (过程)________ it requires attention as well as memory and imagination.(2005江苏34) A. until B. but C. unless D. for 13(Follow your doctor‘s advice, _________ your cough will get worse. (2005辽宁 30) A(or B(and C(then D(so 14(They wanted to charge $ 5, 000 for the car, _______ we managed to bring the price down. (2005 全国II 27) A(but B(so C(when D(since 15. I hope you don‘t mind my asking, ___ where did you buy those shoes? (04广西) A. so B. and C. yet D. but ?. 汉译英。 1. 我帮助他，他帮助我。 2. 这是我们的第一堂课，因此我不知道大家的名字。 3. 她喜欢面包和牛奶，但她一点也不喜欢鸡蛋。 68 4. 你能在五分钟之内画好一匹马，然而你却让我等了一年。 5. 快点，否则你就会迟到。 6. 一个(瓶子)装满煤油，一个(瓶子)装满蓖麻油，还有一个(瓶子)装满醋。 7. 眼下正是暑假期间，我帮助爸爸在农场里干活。 8. 它们必须从炉火边拿走，不然就有可能烤糊的。 9. 搭这辆公共汽车吧，否则你将无法及时到达那里。 10. 这是一年中收割稻谷的时期，因此，我每天都从早到晚的劳动。 ?. 请用写五个并列句，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳 连接并列句的连词: 连接词 举例 表并列 and, both … and, not only … but (also), and then 表转折、对比 yet, but, and 表选择 either … or, neither … nor, or…, or else, otherwise 表结果 so, therefore 表原因 for 表条件 or， and 连接副词 however, therefore, still, then, nevertheless 第 五 章 复 合 句 复合句包含两个或更多的主谓结构，其中一个或更多的主谓结构充当句子的某个或某些成分，如主语，宾语，表语，定语，状语，同位语等。 Unit 34 名词性从句 名词性从句是一种具有名词功能的从句，根据从句在句中的功能可以分为:主语从句，表语从句，宾语从句合同位语从句。 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的主语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)That light travels in straight line is known to all . 2)When the plan is to take off hasn‘t been announced ( 3) Who will go is not important. 69 4) What we need is more time. 5) What we need are experienced teachers. 6) How this happened is not clear to anyone. 7) Whoever comes is welcome. 8) Wherever you are is my home — my only home. 9) It is not known yet whether they will come today. 10) It is strange that he had made a mistake. 11) It is said that he‘s got married. 12) Is it probable that it will rain today? 13) It is important that we should go to the school to talk with the teacher. 14) It was my fault that I had him play football all afternoon. 15) It is a pity that you can‘t come to my birthday party. 16)It seems that they have known the truth. 17) It happened that my parents were not at home. 18) It depends on whether you can collect so much money. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的宾语部分，并认真体会其用法。 ? … that… 1) I hope (that) everything is all right. 2) He told us that he felt ill. 3) The teacher told us that Tom had left us for America( 4) That he ever said such a thing I simply don‘t believe. 5) Everybody knows that money doesn‘t grow on trees. 6) I‘m afraid that I won‘t come tomorrow. 7) I‘m sure that you looked beautiful that evening. ? …whether/if… 1) I‘d like to know whether it is worth doing. 2) I doubt whether he will help me. 3) I don‘t know if you can help me. 4) I went in and asked if they had a cheap suit. ?…what, when, how, who, where, why… 1) Can you tell me what they are talking about? 2) Nobody tells us when we‘ll have the meeting. 3) They are discussing how they can deal with the materials. 4) Can you guess who will win the game? 5) Do you know where he is? 6) He has found out why she was absent. 7) You may do what (the things that) you will. 8) I should like to see where you live. 9) No one can be sure what man will look like in a million years. 70 ? 介词后的宾语从句 1) I walked over to where she sat. 2) It depends on what you do and how you did it. 3) I‘m thinking of how we can earn enough money to build the house. ? 形式宾语 1) He made it clear that he preferred to study English. 2) We found it strange that no one would take the money. 3) See to it that the children don't catch cold. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的表语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) The question was who could go there. 2) That is why he was late. 3) The question is how he did it. 4) That was what she did this morning on reaching the shop. 5) He looked as had looked ten years before. 6) The question is whether (but not if) they will be able to help us. 7) The trouble is that I have lost his address. 8) You looked as if you were a little girl. 9) The reason why he was late was that he missed the train by one minute this morning. 10) The reason for his failure was that he worked carelessly. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的同位语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1. 同位语从句的先行词多为fact, idea, news, word, hope, promise, suggestion, order, advice, request, reply, problem, question, belief, doubt, truth, thought, report, remark。 关联词多用连词that。 1) They were all very much worried over the fact that you were sick. 2) Where did you get the idea that I could not come? 3) Early in the day came the news that they had won the match. 4) The fact that he had not said anything surprised everybody. 5) The idea that one can do the work without thinking is wrong( 6) The fact that he didn‘t pass the college entrance examination disappointed his parents. 7) The king made a promise that he would make anyone rich if one could cure his illness. 8) I never have the doubt that you can look after yourself. 9) Some people have the doubt how such a little boy can lift so heavy a box. 10) This student asked a good question why pollution can‘t be stopped. 11) I‘ve come from Mr. Wang with a message that he won‘t be able to see you this morning. 12) The thought came to her that maybe she had left the door open when she left home. 13) Our teacher gave us some advice how we (should) use the computer. 14) The government gave an order that all the houses (should) be pulled down in three weeks. 15) They made a suggestion that you (should) keep in touch with each other by email. 16) This is our only request that this (should) be settled as soon as possible. 71 2.whether, who, which, what, where, when, why, how也可引导同位语从句。 1) It is a question how he did it. 2) I have no idea when he will come back to China again. 3) The question whether he can finish the work within two days remains unknown. 4) I don‘t understand the problem why this is the best choice. 5) I have no idea whether he‘ll come or not. 6) The question who should do the work requires consideration. 7) We haven't yet settled the question where we are going to spend our summer vacation. 8) The question which machine we should choose hasn‘t been decided. 总结?归纳一 一、名词性从句的种类: 名词性从句 Noun Clauses 二、以it作形式主语，把主语从句后置的常用的句型有: 1) 2) 3) 4) 三、主语从句常用的关联词: 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 主 连 词 语 连接 从 代词 连接 句 副词 陈述 宾 意义 疑问 语 意义 特殊 从 疑问 意义 句 注1 注2 连词 72 表 连接 语 代词 从 连接 句 副词 同 位 语 从 句 练习?检测 ?. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中名词性从句的用法。 1) Someone is ringing the doorbell. Go and see ________. A. who is he B. who he is C. who are they D. who it is 2) ________ she couldn't understand was ________ fewer and fewer students were interested in her lessons. A. What; why B. That; what C. What; because D. Why; that 3) ? We haven't heard from Jane for a long time. ? ________ has happened to her? A. Do you suppose that B. What do you suppose C. Do you think that D. What you think 4) I don't care ________ she has no money. I care ________ she is honest or not. A. if; when B. whether; that C. if; whether D. what; if 5) Word came ________ the PLA man approached the child slowly and helped him to safety. A. since B. so that C. that D. why 6) The child is always lying, so none of us will believe ________ he says. A. whatever B. no matter what C. how D. which 7) The fact troubles me so much ________ I have been unable to pass the driving test up to now. A. which B. because C. why D. that 8) It matters little ________ a man dies, but ________ matters so much more is ________ he lives. A. how; what; how B. how; it; how C. why; it; why D. which; what; that 9) Pointing to the house, he said, "This is ________ I used to live when I was young." A. when B. what C. that D. where 10) After ten years, he had changed a lot and looked different from ________ he used to be. A. why B. which C. what D. who 11) Father made a promise ________ I passed the examination, he would buy me a bicycle. A. that B. if that C. whether D. that if 73 12) ? What about the speech he made this afternoon? ? ________ he said so must be quite encouraging, I think. A. What B. That C. / D. All 13) There are signs ________ restaurants are becoming more popular with families. A. in which B. which C. that D. whose 14) Because they usually receive the same score on standardized exams, there is often disagreement as to ________ is the better student, Bob or Helen. A. who B. where C. when D. whose 15) Scientists believe native Americans arrived by crossing the land bridge that connected Siberia and ________ more than 10,000 years ago. A. this is Alaska B. Alaska is now C. is now Alaska D. what is now Alaska 16) The boy dived into the water and, after ________ seemed to be a long time, he came up again. A. what B. that C. it D. which 17) ________ we can pass the coming examination will mainly depend on ________ we learn and ________ we learn it. A. Whether; what; how B. That; whether; why C. If; how; that D. Why; that; how 18) Although most of them have no doubt ________ he will pass the exam, I still wonder ________ he has really got everything ready. A. whether; that B. that; whether C. that; that D. whether; whether 19) Information has been put forward ________ more middle school graduates will be admitted into universities. A. while B. that C. when D. as 20) ________ has helped to save the drowning girl is worth praising. A. Who B. The one C. Anyone D. Whoever 21) ________ we'll go camping tomorrow depends on the weather. A.If B. Whether C. That D. Where 22) ? I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week. ? Is that ________ you had a few days off? A. why B. when C. what D. where 23) ________ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language. A. There B. This C. That D. It 24) It is pretty well understood ___ controls the flow of carbon dioxide in and out the atmosphere today. (03上海) A. that B. when C. what D. how 25) ? I think it‘s going to be a big problem. ? Yes, it could be. ? I wonder ___ we do about it. (02上海春) A. if B. how C. what D. that 74 26) Elephants have their own way to tell the shape of an object and ____ it is rough or smooth. (05天津) A. 不填 B. whether C. how D. what 27) A computer can only do ____ you have instructed it to do. (2001NMET) A. how B. after C. what D. when 28) You are saying that everyone should be equal, and this is ___ I disagree. (2004 NMET) A. why B. where C. what D. how 29) I like ___ in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright. (2004 NMET) A. this B. that C. it D. one 30) The road is covered with snow. I can‘t understand ___ they insist on going by motor-bike. (2004NMET) A. Why B. whether C. when D. how 31) We can‘t figure out ___ quite a number of insects, birds, and animals are dying out.(04 北 京) A. that B. as C. why D. when 32) Along with the letter was his promise ______he would visit me this coming Christmas. (04 上海) A. which B. that C. what D. whether 33) A story goes ___ Elizabeth I of England liked nothing more than being surrounded by clever and qualified noblemen at court. (04 上海) A. when B. where C. what D. that 34) He has given us a suggestion ____ we should buy a cottage in the country, with the money we have saved. A. when B. where C. what D. that 35) She is pleased with ____ you have given him and all that you have told him. A. that B. what C. why D. which 36) ____ surprised me most was that she didn‘t even know ____ the difference between the two lies. A. What, where B. What, what C. That, where D. That, what 37) It worried her a bit ______ her hair was turning grey. (NMET92) A. while B. that C. if D. for 38) ___ we can‘t get seems better than ____ we have. (NMET96) A. What, what B. What, that C. That, that D. That, what 39)Jane hopes to become a friend of _______shares her interests. A. whomever B. anyone C. whoever D. no matter who 40)They have no idea at all _______________. A. which place he has gone B. where has he gone C. where he has gone D. which place has he gone to 41)Danby left word with my secretary _____ he would call again in the afternoon.(05浙江) 75 A. who B. that C. as D. which 42)Parents are taught to understand ______ important education is to their children‘s future. A. that B. how C. such D. so 43)I think Father would like to know ____ I've been up to so far, so I decide to send him a quick note. A. which B. why C. what D. how 44)_____ makes the school famous is ____ more than 90% of the students have been admitted to universities. (朝样统练) A. What, because B. That, because C. That,what D. What, that 45)A modern city has been set up in ___ was a wasteland ten years ago . A. what B. which C. that D. where ?. 汉译英。 1) 我的问题是我们是否应携带食品。 2) 他似乎对生物学很感兴趣。 3) 他看上去很木讷，其实相当聪敏。 4) 他偷了一部自行车这事是真的。 5) 重要的是你做什么，而不是说什么。 6) 他出生在何时何地还不知道。 7) 那个人何时被谋杀，为什么被谋杀尚不知道。 8) 问题是他对那个小男孩做了些什么。 9) 那个科学家下个星期给我们作报告是真的吗, 10) 她坚持不被派到农村去。 11) 我们相信他已经挣了足够的钱来建造房屋。 12) 他脸上的微笑表明他已经通过了考试。 13) 我不知道他何时回来。 14) 我并不在意你是否有钱。 15) 他清楚地表明他不会屈服。 16) 我们相信他不会赢得这场比赛。 17) 我们怀疑他是否能赢得这场比赛。 18) 任何违法的人都要受到惩罚。 19) 我得到消息说下周我校要举办一次英语竞赛。 20) 他能来参加我的生日晚会使我很高兴。 ?. 请用名词性从句写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ?(准确理解下列长句、难句。 76 1)The most important idea behind the kind of party planning described here is that it brings parents and children closer together.(NMET2002. E篇) 2)He had realized that the words ―one of six to eight‖ under the first picture in the book connected the hare in some way to Katherine of Aragon, the first of Henry VIII‘s six wives. (NMET2002. D篇) 3)The best time to buy a baby dog is when it is between 6 and 8 weeks old so that it can transfer its love from its mother to its master. 4)If you are thinking of buying a dog, however, you should first decide what sort of companion you need and whether the dog is likely to be happy in the surroundings you can provide. 5)The fact that a person is highly intelligent does not mean that he uses it creatively. Unit 35 定语从句 定语从句: 在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词，用作定语的从句叫定语从句。被定语从 检索修饰的词叫现行词;定语从句必须放在现行词之后;引导定语从句的关系代词有who, whom, that, which, whose和关系副词when,where,why。 导学?探究 I. 限制性定语从句 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) The foreigner who (=that) visited our class yesterday is from Canada. 2) A new master will come tomorrow who (=that) will teach you German. 3) I know the man (who/whom =that) you mean. 4) The man (who/whom =that) I saw is called Smith. 5) Who‘s the person (who/whom/that) you just talked to? 6) This is the boy (who/whom/that) he worked with in the office. 8) Persons/People/Those who are honest seldom tell lies. 9) All who heard the story were surprised. 10) The girl (that =who =whom) we saw yesterday was Jim‘s sister. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) They planted the trees which (=that) didn‘t need much water. 2) This is the book which (=that) has been translated into many languages. 3) The fish (which =that) we bought were not fresh. 4) Where is the book (which =that) I bought this morning? 5) The village (which =that) she lives in is twenty kilometers away. 6) The noodles (that =which) I cooked were delicious. 7) Tom told her the story of the young airman which I narrated just now. 8) A shop should keep a stock of those goods which sell best. 9) This is the one of which I‘m speaking. 10) A plane is a machine that (=which) can fly. 77 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) This is the boy whose mother is our Chinese teacher. 2) Mrs. Smith is the teacher whose house caught fire last year. 3) This is the house whose windows were broken. 4. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) All that glitters is not gold. 2) I am sure she has something that you can borrow. 3) Is there anything that belongs to you? 4) All the people that come from the country work much harder. 5) I have eaten all the food that Mother cooked for me. 6) It was the largest map (that) I ever saw. 7) This is the best play that was written by Jack. 8) This is the first car that arrived this morning. 9) The second book that I want to read is Travels in China. 9) He is the only person that I talked with during the meeting. 11) It is the only one of the flowers that is still blooming. 12) This is just the place that I am longing to visit these years. 13) That‘s the same man that asked for help yesterday. 14) He talked about the teachers and schools that he had visited. 15) They talked for about an hour of things and persons that they remembered in the school. 16) Who (that) you have ever seen can beat him in chess. 17) Who is the man that is reading the book over there? 18) Who is the person that is standing at the gate? 19) Which was the hotel (that) he lived in at that time? 20) Which is the book (that) you have already read? 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) The person to whom you just talked is Mr. Li. 2) Mrs. Read is the person to whom you should write. 3) The comrade with whom I came knows French. 4) The village in which she lives is twenty kilometers away. 5) This is the room in which we lived last year. 6) The babies (whom =who =that) the nurses are looking after are very healthy. 7) The man (whom =who =that) you were talking about has come to our school. 8) Is this the watch (which =that) he was looking for? 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) I still remember the day when (on which) I first came to Beijing. 2) I‘ll never forget the time when we worked on the farm. 7(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) This is the house where (= in which) we lived last year. 78 2) The factory where (= in which) his father works is in the west of the city. 3) He has reached the point where a changed is needed. 4) One day an elephant was led down the road where they stood. 5)This is the place where I visit the other day. 8(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) I know the reason (why = for which) he was so angry. 2) There is no reason (why = for which) you should leave. 9.朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) This is not such a book as I expected. 2) I live in the same building as he (lives in). 3) Here is so big a stone as no man can lift. 4) As many children as came here were my father‘s pupils. ? 区分下面两句: I have bought the same watch as you have. This is the same watch that I lost. 总结?归纳二 I(限制性定语从句 A. 限制性定语从句的关系词及其所充当的成分。 关系代词 主语 宾语(可省) 介词后 定语(表所有) 指人 指物 B.限制性定语从句只用that的情况: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C.介词提前:介词+ _____________ 1. 2. D.限制性定语从句的关系副词及其所充当的成分: 关系副词 状语 指时间 指地点 指原因 E( as 作关系代词:________________________________________________________ II. 非限制性定语从句 79 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) Yesterday I met Tom, who seemed to be very busy. 2) I like to talk with John, who is a clever fellow. 3) The house, which Father built many years ago, has lasted for a long time. 4) She married Joe, which surprised everyone. 5) He was taken down to another room, where he found a wounded boy, who was dying. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的先行词和定语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) This elephant is like a snake, as anybody can see. 2) Mary was late for school, as often happened. 3) As is known to all, the earth is round. 4) The man died last night, which is a lie. 5) Mary insisted on marrying that lazy young man, which made her parents angry 总结?归纳三 F. 非限制性定语从句的关系词及其所充当的成分: 关系词 主语 宾语(不可省) 定语(表所有) 状语 指人 指物 指时间 指地点 指全句内容 G. as和which引导非限制性定语从句的区别: 1. 2. H. 限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别 限制性定语从句 非限制性定语从句 从句与先行词的关系 标 点 系 关 代词 修饰 翻译 练习?检测 ?. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟 80 并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中的定语从句的用法。 1) Do you still remember the chicken farm _____ we visited three months ago? (05北京春) A. where B. when C. that D. what 2)I have many friends, ____ some are businessmen. (05全国) A. of them B. from which C. of who D. of which 3)? Why does she always ask you for help? ? There is no one else _____, is there? (05北京) A. who to turn to B. she can turn to C. for whom to turn D. for her to turn 4) The British are not so familiar with different cultures and other ways of doing things, ___ is often the case in other countries. A. as B. what C. so D. that 5) The factory produces half a million pairs of shoes every year, 80% ______ are sold abroad. (04辽宁) A. of which B. which of C. of them D. of that 6) York, ____ last year, is a nice old city. (03北京) A. that I visit B. which I visit C.where I visited D. in which I visited 7) A fast food restaurant is the place _____, just as the name suggests, eating is performed quickly. (04上海) A.which B. whre C. there D. what 8) Melted iron is poured into the mixer much ____ tea is poured into a cup from a teapot. A. in the same way like B. in the same way which C. in the same way D. in the same way as 9) I've never been to Beijing, but it is the place ____. A. where I'd like to visit B. in which I'd like to visit C.I most want to visit D. that I want to visit it most 10) ___ might be expected, the response to the question was very mixed. (NMET96) A. As B. That C. It D. What 11) I can think of many cases _____ students obviously knew a lot of English words and expressions but couldn‘t write a good essay.(03上海) A. why B. which C. as D. where 12) Is this the reason ____ at the meeting for his carelessness in his work? (02上海) A. he explained B. what he explained C. how he explained D. why he explained 13) All the apples ______ fell down were eaten by the pigs. A. that B. those C. which D. what 14) This is the biggest laboratory _______ we have ever built in our school. A. which B. what C. where D. / 15) Is he the only student _____ works out the problem? A. that B. / C. which D. it 81 16) This is just the place ______ I am longing to visit these years. A. that B. where C. in which D. to where 17)In the dark street, there wasn‘t a single person _____ she could turn for help. A. to whom B. who C. from whom D. that 18)Willma became the first American woman to win three Olympic gold medals in track, _____ made her mother very happy. A. it B. that C. which D. this 19)She heard a terrible noise, ____brought her heart into her mouth. A. it B. which C. this D. that 20) His parents wouldn‘t let him marry anyone ____ family was poor. A. of whom B. whom C. of whose D. whose 21) The weather turned out to be very good, ___ was more than we could expect. A. what B. which C. that D. it 22) After living in Paris for fifty years he returned to the small town ___ he grew up as a child. A. which B. where C. that D. when 23) Alice received an invitation from her boss, ____ came as a surprise. A. it B. that C. which D. he 24) _____ is known to all, China will be an ______ and powerful country in 20 or 30 years‘ time. A. That, advancing B. This, advanced C. As, advanced D. It, advancing 25) Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, _____ was very reasonable. A. which price B. the price of which C. its price D. the price of whose 26) The famous basketball star, ______ tried to make a comeback, attracted a lot of attention ('02春招) A. where B. when C. which D. who 27) Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play, ________, of course, made the others unhappy.(NMET?2000) A. who B. which C. this D. what 28) _______ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth once every month.(NMET2001) A. It B. As C. That D. What 29) Carol said the work would be done by October, _____ personally I doubt very much. (NMET99) A. it B. that C. when D. which 30) We are living in an age ________many things are done on computer.('03春招) A. which B. that C. whose D. when 31) The result of the experiment was very good, ______we hadn't expected.('00春招) A. when B. that C. which D. what 82 32) We will be shown around the city: schools, museums, and some other places, ______ other visitors seldom go.('02北京) A. what B. which C. where D. when 33) The Great Wall is the last place _______ Mr. Smith is going to visit before he leaves Beijing.(西城抽样) A. where B. where C. 不填 D. what 34) In each house there is a family group of men, _______ are related to each other.(宣武质 检(二)) A. all who B. all C. of whom D. all of whom 35)This is the very reason _______ he was late for. A. that B. why C. which D. as 36) She's a teacher, _______ is clear from her manner. A. that B. what C. as D. who 37) ―Who Moved My Cheese?‖, _______ is a best,selling book, is written by Spencer Johnson. A. which B. that C. it D. what 38) Helen is much more kind to her youngest child than to the others, ______, of course, makes the others unhappy. A. who B. which C. she D. that 39) The wrong you've done him is terrible, for_______ you should make an apology to him, I think. A. this B. which C. what D. that 40) The old lady, ________ had been killed in the war, was given help by the local government. A. all her children B. all of her children C. all of whose children D. whose all children 41) Beijing government puts more than 700 million Yuan to increase its green space this year, _____doubles the money provided last year. A. as B. while C. that D. which 42) Luckily, we‘d brought a road map without _____ we would have lost our way. (04北京春) A. it B. that C. this D. which 43) Sometimes the earthquake is so violent that it can destroy the whole city, _______ happened in TangShan in 1976. A. as B. that C. where D. like 44) The news came ________ the British Queen Mother who celebrated her 101st birthday gets good health, ________ isn't surprising because she lives an easy life and gets best medical care. A. that; which B. which; which C. that; that D. when; what 83 45) The writer has written quite a few books now, _______ his teachers and parents didn't expect. A. that B. as C. of which D. which 46) Living in the central Australian desert has its problems, ______ getting water is not the least. A. as B. for what C. of which D. whose 47) Do you think the reason _____ he gave is believable? (名校联考(五)) A. for which B. which C. why D. what 48) There are hundreds of islands ______ the coast of Fujian, the biggest of ______ is not far from the main land. A. on; which B. off; them C. off; which D. on; them 49) Such things ______ you described are rare now. A. as B. who C. that D. which 50) ______is mentioned above, the number of the students in senior high school is increasing. A. As B. It C. That D. What 51) It would be a good idea to use a plastic bottle, _____ is cut off, as a container to grow young plants in. A. of which the top B. the top is C. the top of which D. with its top 52) Only those _______know Chinese history well could be let in. A. who B. he C. that D. what 53) I shall never forget those days ______I lived in the army with the soldiers, ________has a great effect on my life. A. that; which B. when; which C. when; that D. which; that 54) The people, _______ had been damaged by the flood, were given help by the Red Cross. A. all of their homes B. all their homes C. whose all homes D. all of whose homes 55) The Chinese government has decided to develop the west of China, ______, I dare say, will benefit the people there, especially those who are still leading a poor life. A. what B. whatever C. which D. as 56) The hard,working peasants and their happy life ________ we saw in the countryside made a wonderful impression(印象)on us. A. 不填 B. who C. which D. whom 57) In that supermarket on sale is a new type of computer, _______ makes it attractive to the students from poor family. A. which B. whose cheap price C. what D. the low price of which 58) Asian,Americans, _______ population is increasing rapidly, will become an important minority(少数民族)in the USA. A. whose B. who C. its D. their 59) Whenever I met her, _______ was fairly often , I liked her sweet and hopeful smile. 84 A. it B. which C. that D. what 60) Light, ______ everybody knows, travels much faster than sound. A. as B. which C. this D. that 61) ________ is often the case, we have worked out the production plan. A. Which B. When C. What D. As 62)Anyway, that evening, ____ I‘ll tell you more about later, I ended up staying at Rachel‘s place. A. when B. where C. what D. which 63) ______ is reported in the newspapers, talks between the two countries are making progress. A. It B. As C. That D. What 64) The journey around the world took the old sailor nine months, _____ the sailing time was 226 days. A. of which B. during which C. from which D. for which 65) There was _______ time _____ I hated to go to school. A(a; that B(a; when C(the; that D(the ; when 66) There are two buildings, ____ stands nearly a hundred feet high. A(the larger B(the larger of them C(the larger one that D(the larger of which 67) What surprised me was not what he said but ______ he said it. A(the way B(in the way that C(in the way D(the way which 68) I work in a business _________ almost everyone is waiting for a great chance. A. how B. which C. where D. that 69) The English play _______ my students acted at the New Year's party was a great success. A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which 70) It is easy to do the repair, _______ you need is a hammer and some nails. A. something B. all C. both D. everything ?. 汉译英 1) 这就是救了孩子生命的医生。 2) 她就是我要介绍给你的新学生 3) 请递给我摆在桌上的那本书。 4) 汤姆买的小说很有意思。 5) 你能把昨天谈到的那本杂志借给我吗, 6) 那位教授是威廉斯，他的女儿教你英语。 7) 那辆坏了闸的自行车现在已经修好了。 8) 正在弹钢琴的那位女士是张小姐。 9) 我想看那些刚上映的电影。 10) 他们谈起他们所记得起的学校里的人和事，谈了大约有半个小时。 11) 我要告诉你我所知道这件事的一切情况。 85 12) 有什么我可以帮助做的事吗, 13) 我把你需要的东西都拿来了。 14) 这是我看过的最好的一部电影。 15) 我们要参观的第一个地方是北京图书馆。 16) 约翰正是她要见的人。 17) 正在和汤姆谈话的人是谁, 18) 你买的那些书中哪一本容易读, 19) 他在我们最需要的时候来了。 20)我们永远不会忘记中华人民共和国成立的那一天。 21)这就是他度过夜晚的那房子。 22)我知道她学习好的原因。 23)乔治获得了奖学金，他是我的同学。 24)李大夫明天将来这儿，我跟他很熟悉。 25)我给他一张贺年卡，他很喜欢它。 26)他年轻时在校学习努力，这导致了他后来生活中的成功。 27)他总是早起床，这是他的习惯。 28)约翰被大学录取了，这是我们期待的。 29)人人皆知，地球是圆的。 30)这本书与我昨天丢失的那本书一样。 ?. 请用定语从句写五个并列句，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ?(准确理解下列长句、难句。 1)They had no connection with the outside world for more than a thousand years, giving them plenty of time to build more than 1000 huge stone figures, called moat, for which the island is most famous.(NMET2003.A篇) 2)Devoted birdwatchers, those prepared to travel thousands of miles for a sighting of a rare Siberian bird , are fast being joined by a new breed of follower whose interested is satiated by watching a few finches on a Sunday walk or putting up a bird-box in the back garden. 3) The result is that graduates cannot enter the professions for which they trained and must take part-time jobs which do not require a college degree. 4) Kate could not figure out why the school had put Nadia in a class where she could not understand what people were saying. (03北京，E) 5)The next ice age could be 15,000 years away, say European scientists who last month announced a continuous records of 740,000 years of climate data obtained from the Antarctic ice. (05天津，D) 86 Unit 36 状语从句 状语从句在复合句中作状语，修饰主句中的动词，形容词和副词等。状语从句由从 属连词引导，可以放在句首或句尾，放在句首时，从句后面常有逗号，放在句尾时从句 前往往不用逗号。 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) When I came into the room, he was writing a letter. 2) We shall go there whenever we are free. 3) I was walking along the street when suddenly someone patted me on the shoulder from behind. 4) She was reading the newspaper when I came in. 5) While it was raining, they went out. 6) I stayed while he was away. 7) He hurried home, looking behind as he went. 8) Be a pupil before you become a teacher. 9) He arrived after the game started. 10) We waited till (until) he came back. 11) She didn‘t stop working until eleven o‘clock. 12) Until he had passed out of sight, she stood there. 13) Great changes have taken place in China since 1978. 14) Since I was a child I have lived in England. 15) As soon as I arrive in Shanghai, I'll write to you. 16) I‘ll give the letter to him as soon as I see him. 17) I had hardly got home when it began to rain. =Hardly had I got home when it began to rain. 18) No sooner had we got to the station than the train left. 19) Hardly had we begun when we were told to stop. 20) Every time I travelled by boat, I got seasick. 21) The moment I heard the song, I felt cheerful. 22) Next time you come, you‘ll see him. 23) Once you‘ve finished, go to bed. 24) As I was going out, it began to rain. 25) When he was having breakfast, he heard the door bell ring. 26) I‘ll leave the minute you‘re ready. 27) Every time I listen to your advice, I get into trouble. 28) The information can be taken out whenever (any time) it is needed. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) We‘ll go where the people need us. 2) You are able to go wherever you like. 87 3) Where there is a will, there is a way. 4) Where there is water there is life. 5) You are free to go wherever you like. 6) Wherever you go, you must obey the law. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) I came back late yesterday because I was on duty. 2) Since everyone is here, let‘s begin our meeting. 3) As he didn‘t know much English, he looked up the word in the dictionary. 4) Now (that) the weather has cleared up, we can start our journey. 5) Seeing (that) he was badly ill, we sent for the doctor. 6) He didn‘t come yesterday because he was ill. 7) We got up early the next day, as we wanted to go to Oxford by the afternoon. 8) Since we have no money, we can‘t buy it. 9) Since he can‘t answer the question, you‘d better ask someone else. 10) Shut the window for fear (that) it may rain. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) We turned up the radio, so that everyone heard the news. 2) He was so excited that he couldn‘t say a word. 3) He gave such important reasons that he was excused. 4) It is such an interesting novel that all of us want to read it. 5) It is so interesting a novel that all of us want to read it. 6) It is such a big box that nobody can move it. 7) She sat behind me so that I could not see the expression on her face. 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) I shall write down your telephone number so that I may not forget. 2) We‘ll tell you the truth so that you can judge for yourself. 3) They worked harder than usual in order that they could finish the work ahead of time. 4) Put on more clothes lest (= for fear that) you should catch cold. 5) We should study harder (so) that we may work better in the future. 6) I‘ll ring him up at once so he shouldn‘t wait for me. 7) Speak clearly so that they can understand you. 8) He took an umbrella with him for fear it might rain. 9) Take your umbrella in case it rains. 10) In case I forget, please remind me about it. 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) Difficulties are nothing if we are not afraid of them. 2) We shall go there tomorrow unless it rains. = We shall go there tomorrow if it doesn‘t rain. 3) So/As long as you work hard, you will succeed. 4) So far as I know, the book will be published next month. 88 5) You may use the room as long as you clean it afterward. 6) He won‘t finish his work unless he works hard. 7) Suppose / supposing they did not believe him what would they do to him? 7(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) Although (Though) he was over sixty, (yet) he began to learn French. 2) We were not tired though (although) we had worked all day. 3) Although the place is quite pleasant, I don‘t think we should go there all the time. 4) I‘ll go even if (though) it rains tomorrow. 5) Child as he is, he knows a lot. 6) Cold as it is, (= Though it is cold,) the children play outdoors. 7) Old as I am, I can still fight. 8) Proud as these nobles are, they were afraid to see me. 9) Try as you may, you will never succeed. 10) Do it no matter what others say. 11) No matter how busy he was, he studied English every day. 12) No matter who takes up the matter for me, I shall be very grateful. 13) Whatever happens / may happen, we shall not lose heart. 14) Whoever comes, he will be welcome. 15) No matter what he says, I don‘t believe him. 16) You can‘t come in, whoever you are. (= no matter who) 17) However busy he is, he will find time to help us. (= No matter how) 18) Don‘t change your plans whatever happens. (=no matter what) 19) Whether or not it rains, I‘m giving a party tomorrow. 20) I‘m going whether it is raining or not. 8(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) Draw a cat as I taught you. 2) Do as you are told. 3) She looks as if she is ill. 4) He acted as if (though) nothing had happened. 5) They treat the black boy as if (though) he were an animal. 6) I want to speak English as an Englishman does. 7) It looks as if she‘s right. 8) She closed her eyes as if she were tired. 9) He heard a noise, as if someone was breathing. 10) Do it the way you were taught. 9(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的状语从句，并认真体会其用法。 1) He is as quick as his sister (is). 2) He answers as quickly as his sister (does). 3) Mary is as old as my sister. 89 4) He doesn‘t run so (as) fast as Jack (does). 5) He is not as/so quick as his sister (is). 6) His book is the same as mine. 7) Henry is not such a good worker as Peter. 8) She has made greater progress this year than she did last year. 9) He moves more slowly than his sister (does). 10) He bought fewer books than I (did). 11) The more you read, the better you understand. 12) The more tickets you sell, the more money you will get. 13) The harder you work, the greater progress you will make. 14) The sooner, the better. 15) The more you know, the better it is. 总结?归纳四 I. 状语从句的从属连词: 状语从句 连接词 时间状语从句 地点状语从句 原因状语从句 结果状语从句 目的状语从句 条件状语从句 让步状语从句 方式状语从句 比较状语从句 II. 各种状语从句的注意事项: 1. 时间状语从句: 2(地点状语从句: 3. 原因状语从句: 4. 目的状语从句 5. 结果状语从句 6. 条件状语从句 7. 方式状语从句 8. 让步状语从句 9. 比较状语从句 练习?检测 ?。从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中状语从句的用法。 90 1) ____the day went on, the weather got worse. (MET90) A. With B. Since C. While D .As 2) It‘s almost five years ____ we saw each other last time. (05北京春) A. before B. since C. after D. when 3) Simon thought his computer was broken ____ his little brother pointed out that he had forgotten to turn it on. (05北京春) A. until B. unless C.after D. because 4) Why do you want a new job ____ you got such a good one already? (NMET98) A. that B. where C. which D. when 5) After the war, a new school building was put up ____there had once been a theatre. (NMET97) A. that B. where C. which D. when 6) You will be late ____you leave immediately. (NMET92) A. unless B. until C. if D. or 7) _____, Mother will wait for him to have dinner together. (NMET97) A. However late is he B. However he is late C. However is he late D. However late he is 8) If we work with a strong will, we can overcome any difficulty, ____ great it is. (NMET95) A. what B. how C. however D. whatever 9) We won't give up ____ we should fail ten times. (93上海) A. even if B. since C. whether D. until 10) She doesn't speak ____her friend, but her written work is excellent. (MET93) A. as well as B. so often as C. so much as D. as good as 11) I always take something to read when I go to the doctor‘s _____ I have to wait. (05全国 ?) A. in case B. so that C. in order D. as if 12) I‘d like to arrive 20 minutes early ____ I can have time to have a cup of tea. (05北京) A. as soon as B. as a result C. in case D. so that 13) ? I'm going to the post office. ? ______you‘re there, can you get me some stamps? (NMET 99) A. As B. While C. Because D. If 14) ____ you've got a chance, you might as well make full use of it. (NMET 99) A. Now that B. After C. Although D. As soon as 15) You should make it a rule to leave things _____ you can find them again. (NMET 99) A. When B. where C. then D. there 16) The American Civil War lasted four years ____the North won in the end. (05广东) A. after B. before C. when D. then 17) ? Did Jack come back early lat night? ? Yes. It was not yet 8 o‘clock ___ he arrived home. (05福建) 91 A. before B. when C. that D. until 18) You must keep on working in the evening ____ you are sure you can finish the task in time. (05 安徽) A.as B. if C. when D. unless 19) John may phone tonight. I don't want to go out ________ he phones. A. as long as B. in order that C. in case D. so that 20) We'll have to finish the job, ____ (NMET99). A. long it takes however. B. it takes however long. C. long however it takes. D. however long it takes 21)_______ I accept that he is not perfect, I do actually like the person. A. While B. Since C. Before D. Unless 22)We were told that we should follow the main road _____ we reached the central railway station . A(whenever B(until C(while D(wherever 23)Scientists say it may be five or six years _______ it is possible to test this medicine on human patients. A(since B(after C(before D(when 24) It is re ported that the United States uses _____ energy as the whole of Europe. A. as twice B. twice much C. twice much as D. twice as much 25) I do every single bit of housework _____ my husband Bob just does the dishes now and then. A. since B. while C. when D. as 26) You should try to get a good night‘s sleep _______ much work you have to do. A(however B(no matter C(although D(whatever 27) Roses need special care _____ they can live through winter. A. because B. so that C. even if D. as 28) There were dirty marks on her trousers ______ she had wiped her hands. A. where B. which C. when D. that 29) _____you call me to say you‘re not coming, I'll see you at the theatre. A. Though B. Whether C. Until D. Unless 30) He speaks English well indeed, but of course not _____ a native speaker. A. as fluent as B. more fluent than C. so fluently as D. much fluently than 31) Jasmine was holidaying with her family in a wildlife park _____ she was bitten on the leg by a lion. A. when B. while C. since D. once 32) Parents should take seriously their children‘s requests for sunglasses _________ eye protection is necessary in sunny weather. A. because B. though C. unless D. if 33) There was never any time for Kate to feel lonely, ___ she was an only child. (05辽宁) 92 A. ever since B. now that C. even though D. even as 34) You can eat food free in my restaurant ______ you like. A. whenever B. wherever C. whatever D. however 35) I‘ll go and see her on Friday, after I _____ the new dress. A. shall get B. will get C. am going to get D. get 36) You will not be allowed to get into the room unless you _____. A. call B. are called C. will call D. will be called 37) Though he is a boy, _____ he knows a lot. A. but B. that C. so D. X 38) Because he was badly wounded, _____ he couldn‘t go there himself. A. but B. that C. so D. X 39) He said I would like it once I _____ used to it. A. get B. got C. will get D. would get 40) Unlike watching TV, reading is a highly active process(过程)_____ it requires attention as well as memory and imagination.(05江苏) A. until B. but C. unless D. for ?. 汉译英: 1)一些人想去打猎，另一些人想去钓鱼。 2)你离开的时候我会照顾孩子们。 3)随着时间的推移，儿女们渐渐忘了这件事。 4)自从上次见到你到现在已经很长时间了。 5)为了看得更清楚，老人戴上了眼镜。 6)他太累了，吃过晚饭就睡觉了。 7)既然今晚你有空，为什么不过来跟我下棋呢, 8)没走多远我就看到了一大群人。 9)我正要离开，电话铃响了。 10)尽管他很忙，他也会帮助你的。 11) 因为天太黑不能再继续往前走，我们就在那儿露宿了。 12) 既然汤姆懂法语，最好让他来谈。 13) 他生气是因为我们来晚了。 14) 因为这汤很咸，后来我们渴得厉害。 15) 他们有一条凶猛的狗，没人敢靠近他们家。 16) 他说了这么长时间，在座的人都犯困了。 17) 雪下得这么快，我们的脚印很快就被雪盖住了。 18) 灰尘太大了，使得我们看不清发生了什么事。 19) 无论人们多么富有，他们似乎总还渴望赚到更多的钱。 20) 哪怕他再有耐心，也不打算等上三个小时。 21) 他发现躺在沙滩上和坐在办公室里一样没趣,烦人。 22) 他认为自己开车要比让我开车更安全些。 93 23) 等他到了，他会好好给我们讲讲那场比赛。 24) 他说自从他的房屋被烧毁后，他就一直住在帐篷里。 25) 他那样子就像被雷击了似的。 26) 看来天气很快就会好起来。 27) 公共汽车停稳后再下车。 28) 直到你告诉我以前，出了什么事我一点也不知道。 29) 日子一天天过去，天气越变越坏。 30) 虽然他尽了努力，但他的工作总做的不尽人意。 ?. 请用写五个含有状语从句的复合句，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ?(准确理解下列长句、难句。 1)In fact, a group with a matriarch in her fifties was several thousand times more likely to form into a group upon hearing an unfamiliar contact call than hearing a familiar call.(03北京， C) 2)When Americans first visit Europe for the first time, they usually find Germany more ―foreign‖ than France because the German they see on signs and advertisements seems much more different from English than French does. (02高考，D) 3) Wherever she went, she was fortunate enough to find people who knew enough English to be able to understand what she wanted until one day she decided to have lunch in a little restaurant in a village in the south of Italy. 4)It‘s been believed that about 80 to 100 percent of a person‘s requirement for Vitamin D comes from expose to sunshine, though some research shows a lot of people, particularly those in northerly places, just aren‘t getting enough sunlight to meet their Vitamin D needs. 5)This is important because it shows that regular physical exercise enable us to make better use of the oxygen we breathe in and that in this training, in fact, reduces the amount of work our hearts do. (05辽宁，E) 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳一 一、名词性从句的种类: 主语从句(Subject Clauses) 名词性从句 表语从句(Predicative Clauses) Noun Clauses 宾语从句(Object Clauses) 94 同位语从句(Appositive Clauses) 二、以it作形式主语，把主语从句后置的常用的句型有: 1)It + be + 形容词 + that从句 2)It + be + 名词词组 + that从句 3)It + be + 过去分词 + that从句 4)It seem, happen等不及物动词 + that从句 三、主语从句常用的关联词: 种类 关联词 例 句 说 明 连 that That he will come and help you is certain. that在句首不可省去 他来帮助你是确实无疑的。 词 whether Whether there is life on the moon is an 主语从句中只能用 interesting question. 月球上有没有生命是个whether不可用if。 有趣的问题。 主 连who What he wants to tell us is not clear. 他要 接what 跟我们说什么，还不清楚。 语 代which Who will win the match is still unknown. 主语从句放在句首，句 词 whatever 谁能赢得这场比赛还不得而知。 子常显得笨重，因此一般 从 连when It is known to us how he became a writer. 把它移到句子后面，前面 接where 我们都知道他是如何成为一名作家的。 用引导词―it‖来作形式主句 副why Where the English evening will be held has 语。 词 how not yet been announced. 英语晚会将在哪里 举行，还没有宣布。 陈 I believe (that) he is honest. 我相信他是 that在句中不担任任何 述that 忠诚的。 成分，在口语或非正式的 意 We must never think (that) we are good in 文体中常被省去，但如从 义 everything while others are good in nothing. 句是并列句时,第二个分 我们决不能认为自己什么都好，别人什么都句前的that不可省。 不好。 宾 疑 I wonder whether he will come or not. 我 whether常与or not连 问if 想知道他来还是不来。 用，不能用if代替。 意whether Everything depends on whether we have 作介词宾语要用 义 enough money. 一切要看我们是否有足够whether不能用if。 的钱。 I don‘t know if (whether) it is interesting. 我不知道它是否有意思。 He doesn‘t care if it isn‘t a fine day. 他不从句是否定句时一般用if 在乎天气是否好。 引导。 语 特who, whom, Please tell me what you want. 请告诉我你 宾语从句可作及物动词 95 殊which, 需要什么。 宾语也可做介词的宾语。 疑whose, what, She always thinks of how she can work 问when, well. 她总是在想怎样能把工作做好。 意where, why, She will give whoever needs help a warm 义 how, support. 凡需要帮助的人，她都会给予热情 whoever, 的支持。 whatever, whichever 从 注 We must make it clear that anyone who 如果宾语从句后面有宾 1 breaks the law will be punished. 我们必须认语补足语，则用it作形式 清无论谁违反了法律都要受到惩罚。 宾语，将从句后置。 句 注 We don‘t think you are here. 我们认为你think, believe, imagine, 2 不在这儿。 suppose等动词引出的宾 I don‘t believe he will do so. 我相信他不语从句，要将从句中的否 会这样做。 定形式，移至主句中。 连that The problem is (that) they can‘t get here 在非正式的文体中that表 词 whether early enough. 问题是他们不能很早到达这可以省去。 as if 里。 It looks as if it‘s going to rain. 看起来天要 下雨。 语 连who That‘s just what I want. 这正是我想要的。 表语从句位于主句系动 接what The question is who (which of you) will be 词之后 从 代which the next speaker. 问题是谁(你们哪一位)接 词 着发言。 句 连when This is where our problem lies. 这就是我 接where 们的问题所在。 副why That is why he didn‘t come to the meeting. 词 how 那就是他为什么不到会的原因。 同 由连词that引 The news that he had landed on the moon 同位语从句说明其前面位 导，不担任成分，spread all over the world. 他曾在月球上登的名词的具体内容，常用语 也可有when, 陆这个消息传遍世界。 的名词如:fact, news, idea, 从 how, where等引 I have no idea when he will come back hope, thought, question, 句 导。 home. 我不知道他什么时候回来。 order, fear, doubt, word, The thought came to him that Mary had proof， belief, story等。 probably fallen ill. 他想到可能玛丽生病了。 He must answer the question whether he agrees to it or not. 他必须回答他是否同意 此事这样一个问题。 96 总结?归纳二 I(限制性定语从句 A(限制性定语从句的关系词及其所充当的成分。 关系代词 主语 宾语(可省) 介词后 定语(表所有) 指人 Who, that (who/whom) (that) whom whose 指物 that, which (that) (which) which whose B.限制性定语从句只用that的情况: 1.先行词是不定代词all, few, little, much, something, nothing, anything, everything等，或先行词被不定代词修饰; 2先行词被序数词或最高级修饰; 3.先行词既有人又有物; 4.先行词被the only, the very, the same, the last等修饰; 5.当句中已有who时，避免重复。 C. 介词提前:介词+ _____________ 1. which 2. whom D( 限制性定语从句的关系副词及其所充当的成分: 关系副词 状语 指时间 when = in/on which 指地点 where = in / on which 指原因 Why = for which E( as 作关系代词:用在the same…as, such…as, so…as, as…as 等结构中. 总结?归纳三 F. 非限制性定语从句的关系词及其所充当的成分: 关系词 主语 宾语(不可省) 定语(表所有) 状语 指人 who who/whom whose 指物 which which whose 指时间 when 指地点 where 指全句内容 as/ which as / which G(as和which引导非限制性定语从句的区别: 1. as 替代一句话, 既可放句首也可放句末，而which只能放句末。 2. as 的这种用法通常出现在一些固定短语之中如: as has been said before 如上所述; as may be imagined 正如可以想象出来的那样 ; as is well known 众所周知; as was expected 正如预料的那样 97 as has been already pointed out 正如已经指出的那样 ; as we all can see 正如我们都会看到的那样 H(限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别 限制性定语从句 非限制性定语从句 从句与先行词的关系 从句是先行词不可缺少的定语，如从句只是对先行词的附加说明， 果省去，主句的意思就会不完整或如果省去,主句的意思仍然清楚 不明确。 或完整。 标 点 从句和主句之间不用逗号分开。 从句和主句之间通常用逗号分 开。 指人who (that) whom 指人who(作主语)whom(作系 关指物which (that) 宾语) 人和物whose 指物which 代词关系代词在从句中作宾语时可以省人和物的whose 去。 关系代词一般不可省。 修饰 从句只修饰一个名词或代词。 可以修饰一个名词或代词也可 修饰整个主句。 翻译 定语从句译在被修饰词的前面。 定语从句通常被译成另一个独 立的句子。 总结?归纳四: I. 状语从句的从属连词: 状语从句 连接词 时间状语从句 when, whenever, while, as, before, after, till, until, since, as soon as, hardly…when, no sooner…than, every time, by the time, the moment 地点状语从句 where, wherever, anywhere, everywhere… 原因状语从句 because, as, since, for the simple reason that, for fear that, considering that, seeing that, in case, now that… 结果状语从句 that, so (that), such that, with the result that… 目的状语从句 so, so that, in order that, lest, in case, for fear (that), in case… 条件状语从句 if, unless, suppose, supposing/assuming/providing/provided/in the event/given(that), in case/on condition (that), so (as) long as… 让步状语从句 though, although, if, even though/if, while, whereas, admitting/for all/granting that, in spite of the fact that, whatever, wherever, however, whenever, whoever… 方式状语从句 as, as if/though, the way, how… 比较状语从句 as…as , not so/as, …as, the same …as, such…as, than, the more …the more 98 II. 各种状语从句的注意事项: 1. 时间状语从句: 连词 具体内容 举例 when when指的是―某一具体的时间‖。 意When I came into the room, he was 为―这时‖或―在那个时候‖,可以看作writing a letter. 是并列句,这种用法的when分句一I was walking along the street when 般位于句末。 suddenly someone patted me on the shoulder from behind. whenever whenever指的是―在任何一个不具We shall go there whenever we are free. 体的时间‖。 while 指―在某一段时间里‖，―在…期间‖，While it was raining, they went out. while引导的动作必须是持续性的。 as as引导持续性动作，强调主句和从As she washed clothes, she listened to 句的动作同时发生。 the radio. before before有多种译法 ―在…之前‖， Be a pupil before you become a teacher. ―还没来得及‖， ―就‖... till/ until till/ until 如主句动词是持续性动She didn‘t stop working until eleven 作，常用肯定式，表示―直到…为止‖; o‘clock. 如主句动词是瞬间动词，常用否定Until he had passed out of sight, she 式，表示―直…才‖―在…以前不‖,从stood there. 句放在句首表示强调，一般用until hardly… hardly…when和no sooner…than的No sooner had we got to the station than when 意义相当于as soon as,但只表示过the train left. 和no 去发生的事情，主句为过去完成时，Hardly had we begun when we were sooner… 从句为过去时，如hardly或no told to stop. than sooner位于句首时语气强，而且主 句的谓语要用部分倒装。 小提示: 在时间状语从句中，不能用将来时或过去将来时，而要用现在时或过去时代替将 来时。 2(地点状语从句: 主要内容 举例 连词 99 where 最基本的引导地点状语的从属连We‘ll go where the people need us. 词。 wherever 语气较强，多用于书面语。 Wherever you go, you must obey the law. 3.原因状语从句: 连词 主要内容 举例 because 用来回答why 的问题，语气最强一般放I came back late yesterday 在主句之后 because I was on duty. since 表示既然或全已知的理由,稍加分析即可Since everyone is here, let‘s 表明的原因,多放句首 begin our meeting. seeing (that), 意义相似，他们都有―鉴于某个事实‖的意Now (that) the weather has now that 和思，that可以省去。 cleared up, we can start our since, as journey. Seeing (that) he was badly ill, we sent for the doctor. 4.目的状语从句 连词 主要内容 举例 in order that 常用情态动词may (might) can They worked harder than (could) ,should 等放在动词之前，从句usual in order that they could 往往放在主句之后，主从句之间不用任finish the work ahead of time. 何标点符号, 有时候为了强调也可以把 in order that从句放在句首。 so that 常用情态动词may (might) can I shall write down your (could) ,should 等放在动词之前，so that telephone number so that I 从句往往放在主句之后，主从句之间不may not forget. 用任何标点符号。 for fear that; in 这几个词表示“以防，唯恐”之意。 Put on more clothes lest (= case; lest for fear that) you should catch cold. 5. 结果状语从句 连词 主要内容 举例 so that so that引导结果状语从句，前有逗号为。 We turned up the radio, so that everyone heard the news. so…tha so…that的so后面跟形容词或副词。 He was so excited that he couldn‘t say a word. 100 such…that such…that的such后面跟名词，如果It is such a big box that 名词是单数就要用such a /an…thatnobody can move it. 还可以转换用so…that，语气较强 6.条件状语从句 连词 主要内容 举例 if “如果” Difficulties are nothing if we are not afraid of them. unless unless从句的谓语只能用肯定式。unlessWe shall go there tomorrow 和if…not同义，unless是书面语，if…notunless it rains. 是口语，通常二者可以换用。 as/ so long as “只要” So/As long as you work hard, you will succeed. 小提示: 条件状语从句中的谓语动词的时态一般要用现在时或过去时代替一般将来时或过 去将来时。 7.方式状语从句 连词 主要内容 举例 as if或as though 意义和用法基本一样。从句中可以用It looks as if it is going to 现在时表示可能符合事实，也可以用rain. 虚拟语气。 8.让步状语从句 连词 主要内容 举例 though / although 意义相同，用法基本一样，前者通Although (Though) he was over 俗，口语化，后者正式多放主句的sixty, (yet) he began to learn 前面。 French. even if 和even 意思为―即使‖―纵使‖有退一步设想Even if it rains, I want to go though 的意味，多用于书面语中。 there by bike. as as引出的状语从句多用于书面语，Clever as he is, he can‘t solve 它比用though或although引导的从the problem. 句，语气强，更有表现力，从句常 放在句首，语序部分倒装。 no matter……与 no matter……与 who-ever引导的让No matter what he says, I don‘t who-ever 步状语从句意义基本一 样，no believe him. matter……引导的从句可是以位于However busy he is, he will 主句前或主句后。 find time to help us. (= No matter how) 101 小提示: 1(在句子中一般用了―虽然‖就不能再用―但是‖(but)但可以与yet或still连用 2(wh,ever从句中的动词有时可以和may连用。判断wh,ever引导的是状语从句还是名词性从句的一点是，名词性从句，主句中一定有一个成分要在从句担任，一般从句与 主句之间没有逗号。不可将no matter与wh—ever连用 9. 比较状语从句 连词 具体内容 举例 as…as 表示同程度级别的比较，用于肯定句、He is as quick as his sister 否定句和疑问句。 (is). so…as 表示同程度级别的比较，用于否定句He is not as/so quick as his 和疑问句。 sister (is). the more…the 意思为越…越…，通常的语序为从句The more tickets you sell, the more 在前主句在后，这两个the都是表示more money you will get. 程度的副词，用在比较级的形容词或 副词前面。 第六章 句 子 种 类 句子种类:只有一个主语(或并列主语)和一个谓语(或并列谓语)的句子较简单句，简单句可以分成4类:陈述句，疑问句，祈使句和感叹句。 Unit 37 陈述句 陈述句:陈述句用来陈述一件事情或表示一种看法。 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) People have five senses: sight, hearing, smell, taste and touch. 2) Mr. Walker is an Englishman. 3) She arrived quite early. 4) They are discussing the new plan. 5) Mary has finished half of the work. 6) Everybody can solve the problem easily. 7) Both of them will go to study abroad. 8) China is getting up to be a giant market for economy and middle-class cars. 9) Each of the halls was crowed with thousands of people. 10) He passed me a bottle of water. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) He didn‘t do anything. 2) Nobody will agree with you. 3) Never in my life have I seen such a thing. 4) There is no room for the piano. 102 5) Nothing can prevent me from doing like that. 6) We seldom go to the museums. 7) I have little money with me. 8) He made few mistakes in his composition. 9) I can hardly think up any ideas at the moment. 10) Neither article is made in Beijing. 11) None of the boys like playing the game. 12) We do not have /don‘t have any money. =We have not /haven‘t any money. ( 13) She does not /doesn‘t have breakfast. 14) I don‘t think he is honest. 15) She doesn‘t believe you are right. 16) I don‘t expect that we‘ll win this time. 17) I don‘t suppose she will come with us. 18) I don‘t guess he?ll support us. 19) I don‘t imagine that I have met you before. 总结?归纳一 否定句的几种情况 主要内容 举例 Unit 38 疑问句 疑问句:疑问句用来提出问题，可以分为一般疑问句，特殊疑问句，选择疑问句和翻译疑问句四种。 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Is there an apple on the table? 2) Was he here a moment ago? 3) Does she speak English? 4) May I borrow your pen? 5) Can you carry the suitcase for me? 6) Have you ever been to the Summer Palace? 7) Would you like to go there with me? 8) Are they from Shandong province? 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Who is going to teach us English? 2) Which book is yours? 3) What are you doing now? 4) How soon will he be back? 103 5) Where have you been? 6) When did you go to the cinema last time? 7) Why are theme parks very popular today? 8) Whom do you think they will punish? 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Is your sister a doctor or a teacher? Neither, she is a nurse. 2) Which picture is more beautiful, this one or that one? 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) You are a worker, aren‘t you? 2) She hasn‘t any brothers, has /does she? 3) He has lunch at twelve every day, doesn‘t he? 4) He had to take the first bus, didn‘t he? 5) We needn‘t go now, need we? 6) We don‘t need to go, do we? 7) You have nothing to say, do you? 8) Everything is all right, isn‘t it? 9) Everybody knows the answer, don‘t they? 10) I am late, aren‘t I? 11) There is something wrong with your watch, isn‘t there? 12) He never said he would come, did he? 13) I told them not everybody could do it, didn‘t I? 14) I don‘t think he can finish the work, can he? 15) I don‘t believe she knows it, does she? 总结?归纳二 疑问句的种类 定义 说明 举例 Unit 39 祈使句 104 祈使句:祈使句是用来表示命令，请求或建议等意义的句子。祈使句的主语you通常省略，谓语动词用原形，句末用惊叹号，朗读时一般用降调。 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Come here, Mary. 2) Close the window, will you? 3) Look at the blackboard. 4) Take care when crossing the street. 5) Go straight ahead. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Don‘t laugh at me. 2) Don‘t forget come on time, will you? 3) Don‘t copy others‘ homework. 4) Don‘t say anything about it. 5) Don‘t be standing in the rain. 6) Never do that again. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Let me have a try. 2) Let‘s do something, shall we? 3) Let‘s not waste time arguing about it. 4) Let him take an aspirin. 总结?归纳三 祈使句的种类 举例 Unit 40 感叹句 感叹句:感叹句是表示喜怒哀乐等强烈感情的句子，句末用惊叹号，朗读时用降调。 感叹句往往由what或how 引导。what用作定语修饰名词，how用作状语修饰形容词，副词或动词。 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1)What a happy life we living! 2) What a good comrade she is! 3) What a fine day! 4) What a size! 5) What beautiful girls. 6) What fine weather it is! 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) How well she sings! 2) How hard all these people are working! 105 3) How we worked! 4) How nice! 5) How they hated the beasts! 6) How encouraging! 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，认真体会其结构。 1) Wonderful! 2) Amazing! 3) Great! 总结?归纳四 感叹句 举例 练习?检测 1. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟并 翻译下列句子，认真体会其中句子种类的用法。 1) He is ____ fool, in fact, he is quite clever. A. no B. no a C. not D. none 2) Please ___ us know what time it is by your watch. A. let B. lets C. to let D. letting 3)_____ it is today! A. How nice day B. How fine weather C. What a fine weather D. What fine weather 4)How silly ____ to do that! A. you B. for you C. of you D. it is for you 5)? ____ do you go to your hometown? ? Every two years. A. How long B. How soon C. How often D. How many times 6)____ will you come back? ~In two years. A. How long B. How quick C. How far D. How soon 7)Someone is knocking the door. Who can ____ be? A. he B. she C. it D. that 8)____ is going to be a heavy snow tomorrow. A. It B. That C. There D. This 2(汉译英。 1.我并不很了解她。 2.他并不很喜欢中国茶。 106 3.今天早上她没有来上学。 4.通常星期天早上我不吃早餐。 5.昨天我们在那里玩得不愉快。 6.他上学从不迟到。 7.她不常来看我。 8.他在香港几乎没有朋友。 9.对于电脑我一窍不通。 10.在那栋房子里我没看到任何人。 11.你是中学生吗, 12.他们下午打篮球吗, 13.你自己能修理这部自行车吗, 14.谁在打扫地板, 15.哪辆自行车是你的, 16.你们在等谁, 17.星期天你干什么, 18.你爷爷住在哪里, 19.你是怎么回来的, 20.凯特的头发是长的还是短的, 21.我们是星期一还是星期二去那里, 22.你父亲是工人，是吗, 23.他们在那儿没有发现任何有生命的东西，是吗, 24.他不喜欢唱歌，是吗,不，他喜欢。(是的，他不喜欢。) 25.请系好安全带。 26.千万九点以前到。 27.她嗓子真好～ 28.多好的消息呀～ 29.孩子们真可爱～ 30.他们长得真快～ 3(请用不同的句子种类写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳一 否定句的几种情况 主要内容 举例 一般情况 在be动词、助动词、情态动词后He doesn‘t care for clothes. 107 加not Most of the peoplw there can‘t speak English. 句中使用否定副词 句中使用not, no, never, They never go to the concert. nobody, nothing, seldom, I can hardly think up any ideas at little, few, hardly, rarely, the moment. barely, neither, none…等否定 副词来表示否定。 have 的否定 1) 当“拥有，具有”讲，可以直 I haven‘t any money with me. 接加not或在have 前加助动= I don‘t have any money with 词来构成否定。 me. 2) 如果have不当“拥有，具有”They didn‘t have a meeting 讲则看作普通的实义动词动yesterday. 词，在have 前加助动词来构 成否定。 否定转移 表示“认为”和“猜想”的动词I don‘t think he is honest. think, believe, expect, I don‘t imagine that I have met suppose, guess, fancy, imagine you before. 后宾语从句的否定式， 习惯 上要移到主句谓语上。 总结?归纳二 疑问句的种类 定义 说明 举例 一般疑问句 以一个助动词、情 Do you have a 态动词、动词bemeeting every 或have开始，通day, Would you like 常要求用yes或no to go there with 回答的疑问句叫 me? 一般疑问句。朗读 时通常用升调。用 yes或no回答 特殊疑问句 用疑问代词或疑常见的疑问代词有:who (谁)，Who is going to 问副词引导的疑whom 谁(宾格)，whose (谁teach us 问句叫特殊疑问的)，which (哪一个)，what English? 句。 (什么);疑问副词有when (什 么时候)，where (什么地方)， why (为什么)，how (如何)。 特殊疑问句不能用yes或no回 108 答。 提出两种或两种选择问句的结构是:―一般疑问Is your sister a 选择疑问句 以上的不同情况，句，or，一般疑问句‖(后一句常doctor or a 由对方加以选择用省略结构，省去意义上与前句teacher? Neither, 作出回答的疑问相同的部分)。前一问句用升调，she is a nurse. 句称为选择疑问后一问句用降调。 句。 回答时，句首不用 yes 或 no， 一般根据情况从两个并列的选 择成份选出其中一种来回答。 反意疑问句 在陈述句之后附如果前一部分是肯定式，后一部You are a 上一个简短问句，分一般用否定式;如果前一部分worker, aren‘t 对陈述句所述的是否定式，后一部分一般用肯定you? 事实提出相反的式。 前后两部分在人称、数及You have 疑问，这种疑问句时态上通常保持一致。朗读时前nothing to say, 叫反意疑问句。 一部分用降调，后一部分在表示do you? 疑问时用升调，在表示强调等意 思时用降调。回答问题时，和一 般疑问句结构一样，如果答语是 肯定的，就用―Yes，肯定结构‖， 如果答语是否定的，就用―No， 否定结构‖，绝不可与汉语习惯 相混。 小提示: 1(当have表示其他含义(如经历、得到、吃。。。等)时，疑问部分用do的适当形式。 例:He had a meeting just now, didn‘t he? 2(当陈述部分有have/has/had to时，疑问部分用do的适当形式。 例:They had to leave at that time, didn‘t they? He has to get up early tomorrow, doesn‘t he? 3(当陈述部分有had better时，疑问部分用had的适当形式。 例:You‘d better clear up your bedroom, hadn‘t you? 4(当陈述部分dare和need时，如果它们用作实义动词，疑问部分用do的适当形式。如 果它们用作情态动词，则疑问部分用dare 或need的适当形式。 例:We need to repair the house before it rains, don‘t we? You daren‘t go there alone, daren‘t you? 5(当陈述部分有used to时，疑问部分可用两种形式。 例:There used to be a cinema at the corner, use(d)n‘t there? / didn‘t there? He used to swim in the river, use(d) he? / didn‘t he? 109 6(当陈述部分有否定词或半否定词no, never, hardly, seldom, few, little, nowhere, nothing 时，疑问部分用肯定形式。 例: He seldom finishes his homework on time, does he? 但是, 当谓语部分出现否定前缀时，疑问部分仍用否定式。 例:He is unfit for the job, isn‘t he? 7. 陈述部分如果是“I don‘t think/ believe/ suppose/ expect…+ 宾语从句”， 疑问部分的动 词和主语应合宾语从句中的动词和主语保持一致。 例:I don‘t think he can finish the work by himself, can he? 但是，如果上述句型的主语不是第一人称，则疑问部分仍与主句一致。 例:She doesn‘t think he can finish the work by himself, does she? 8. 陈述部分是“must have+ 过去分词”，如果强调对过去情况的推测(有过去的时间状 语)， 疑问部分用didn‘t + 主语;如果强调动作的完成，疑问部分用haven‘t或hasn‘t。 例:You must have seen the movie, haven‘t you? It must have rained yesterday, didn‘t it, ,(祈使句的反意疑问句通常用肯定形式，表示客气。 例:Come here, will you? Let him do it, will you? Let us go there by bike, will you? 但是，Let‘s …,， 用shall we? 来完成反意疑问句。 例:Let‘s have a walk together, shall we? 总结?归纳三 祈使句的种类 举例 由动词原形或Look at the blackboard. Don’t/ Never打头的Don‘t be standing in the rain. 祈使句 Never do that again. 由Let’s 或Let 打Let me have a try. 头的祈使句 Let‘s not waste time arguing about it. 总结?归纳四 感叹句 举例 What + a + (adj.) + n.+ (主语+谓语)! What a happy life we living! What + (adj.) + n. + (主语+谓语)! What beautiful girls. How + adj. / adv. + (主语+谓语)! How hard all these people are working! 形容词/ 副词～ Amazing! 第七章 非谓语动词 110 非谓语动词的定义和特征:非谓语动词也称非限定动词，就是在句中不能单独作谓语的动词。这样的动词在人称和数方面不授主语限制，当我们用动词做除谓语外的其它成份，就得用非谓语动词形式。它包括动词不定式(to do)、动词-ing及动词-ed三种形式。 Unit 41 动词不定式 动词不定式的定义和特征:动词不定式是动词的一种非谓语形式，不定式由“to+动词原形构成”，其否定形式是“not to do‖。不定式可以带宾语或状语构成不定式短语，没有人称和数的变化，但有时态和语态的变化。不定式可作主语、宾语、状语、表语和定语，但不能单独作谓语。不定式的逻辑主语有时用“for\of+名词或代词宾格”构成。 导学?探究 1. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) To learn English is not easy. 2)To save some money now is necessary. 3)It is not easy to learn English. 4) It seems necessary to save some money now. 5)It's very nice of you to help me with my work. 6)It‘s kind of you to think so much of us. 7) It‘s unwise of them to turn down the proposal. 8) It is not easy for us to learn English well. 9) It is not hard for us to do a bit of good. 总结?归纳一 1以上不定式短语在句子中做什么成分, 2什么时候用形式主语it, 2. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)Tom agreed to go with me. 2)She appears/seems to be young. 3) I have arranged to meet him at 10 o‘clock. 4)My teacher asked (me)to do my homework by myself. 5)Tom attempted/wanted to draw a good picture. 6)Alice can’t afford to buy a car. 7) He aimed /intended to help me. 8)He begged to leave him alone. 9) I chose/preferred to stay at home. 10)We decided to climb the mountain. 11)The captain demanded to leave the boat at once. 12) He determined/expected to go abroad to study. 111 13) I forgot to lock the door. 14) She failed to pass the test. 15) He hesitated to disagree with her. 16) I hoped to have passed the exam. 17) He helped (to) carry my box. 18) David happened to be out when I dropped in on him. 19) I hurry to go home after school every day. 20) Alice longed to see her husband soon. 21) He is learning to cook now. 22) I managed/tried to work out the problem. 23) They offered/planned to help us. 24) He pretended to be sleeping when I came in. 25) My father promised to buy me a bike. 26) The theory proved to be true. 27) I remembered to post the letter for you this afternoon. 28) Xiaoming refused/ should(would) like (love)to leave at once. 29) The thief struggled to get free. 30) He was about to leave when I came in. 31) I am able to do it. 32) They were prepared to start. 33) He did his best to help me with my English 34) He has made up his mind to study hard. 35) We set out to build the building in 1998. 36) Thank you for all the trouble you have taken to help my son. 37) The old man turned out to be rich after his death. 38)He meant to help me. 39)I regretted to tell you that you didn‘t pass the exam. 40) I would rather watch TV this evening. 41)You’d better study hard. 42) Why not go out to play? 43) Why come so late? 44) Would you please pass me the book? 45) He would rather die than surrender.=He would die rather than surrender. 46) Do you think/believe it necessary to learn driving? 47) I found it difficult to solve the problem. 48)We feel it our duty to help others. 49)Do you consider it better not to go? 50) All these worries made it impossible for her to concentrate on her work. 51) I'm glad to meet you. 112 52) He is anxious/eager to learn how to swim. 53) I'm ready/willing to help you. 54) He is sure to come. 55) I am sorry to hear that. 56) I’m pleased to meet you. 57) He was kind to help me 58) I am afraid to go out at night. 59) You are free to do it. 总结?归纳二 1以上不定式短语作什么成分, 2能直接接不定式作宾语的动词和短语有: 3哪些词后只能接省略to的不定式作宾语, 4什么时候用形式宾语it, 5常用在 “主语+动词+it+宾补(adj./n.)+to do”结构中的动词有: 6哪些形容词的后面常接不定式, 3. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)He was (about) to leave when I walked into the room. 2)A new bank is to be built next year. 3)To learn a language is to use it. 总结?归纳三 以上不定式短语作什么成分, 4. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) The next train to arrive was from Beijing. 2) Alice was always the first to come. 3) He has no time to think about rest. 4) Dad has too many things to do. 5) He has nothing to say on this question. 6) I have some books to write. 7) It is time to go. 113 8) I need a pen to write with. 9) There is nothing to worry about. 总结?归纳四 1(以上不定式短语在句子中作什么成分, 2(不定式与主语是什么关系, 1)— 3)什么关系, 4)— 6)什么关系, 7) — 9)什么关系, 5(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I stopped to\in order to\so as to talk to an old woman.=To/in order to talk to an old man, I stopped 2) John is old enough to join the army. 3) He knows English well enough to read books. 4) The coffee is too hot to drink. 5) He ran too fast to catch up with.. 6) He hurried to the cinema only to find it was closed. 7) We are never too old to learn. 8) He is too pleased/glad/delighted to see his mother. 9) You are too anxious to leave. 10) You are too eager to join the army. 11) I am too willing to help you. 12) You are too ready to find out fault with others. 13) Would you be so kind as to step this way. 14) The whole nation was in deep sorrow to learn the death of Lincoln. 15) To hear him talk, you would think he owned the whole world. 总结?归纳五 1(以上不定式短语作什么成分, 2(以上不定式短语都能作什么状语, 3(不定式短语作目的状语时，常用哪些词引出, 4(不定式短语作结果状语时，常用哪些词引出, 6(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Lucy asked him to turn down the radio. 2) He advised you to see a doctor. 3) He doesn‘t allow/permit me to use him computer. 4) I begged him not to fire. 5) The bad food caused him to die. 6)Tom challenged David to fight. 7) The manager commanded Tom to do it at once. 114 8) The Party calls on us to go to the western part of China. 9) The teacher directed us to do the experiment. 10) He was driven by hunger to steal. 11) You can‘t depend on your parents to support you forever 12) .I expect/like (you) to find him a job. 13) This method enabled me to solve the problem. 14) My teacher encouraged me to speak English in class. 15) He was obligied/forced to give in. 16) You are forbidden to smoke here. 17) They invited us to attend the meeting. 18) He was ordered to go there at once. 19) My teacher persuaded me to go in for sports. 20) I request/require three children to help me. 21) I‘ve told Ling Feng to give his best wishes to everybody. 22) Our teacher are teaching us to learn the song. 23) My mother wants/wishes me to be a good student. 24) The headmaster warned the students not to be late. 25) We think/consider/ find him (to be ) honest. 26) I imagine yourself (to be) in his place. 27) The theory proved (to be ) true. 28) He was believed (to be) honest. 29)I felt something crawl up my arm.= something was felt to crawl up my arm. 30)I often hear him sing this song.=He is often heard to sing this song. 31)He often listens to professor Wang give talks. 32)The boss made/had/let him work 12 hours one day. = He was made to work 12 hours one day. 33)We looked at/saw him come =He was looked at /seen to come. 34) My Dady watched the train leave.= The train was watched to leave. 35) I observed him perform.=He was observed to perform. 36) Someone noticed the thief enter the yard.= the thief was noticed to enter the yard. 37) We often help the old man (to) do housework. 总结?归纳六 1以上不定式短语作什么成分, 2常接不定式作宾语/主语补足语的动词有哪些, 3哪些使役动词或感官动词后宾补不带to, 感官动词和役使动词转换成被动结构时，应当 注意什么, 115 7. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)To tell the truth, he is an honest man. 2)To be honest, I know nothing about it. 3) To make things worse, he lost his way too. 总结?归纳七 以上不定式短语作什么成分, 8. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) When to start has not been decided. 2)I didn‘t know whether to go there or not. 3) She asked/taught/advised him how to learn English. 4) Can you tell/show him where to get this book. 5) Tom wondered which to choose. 6) How to do it is not known. 7)I don‘t know what to do next. 8) I have no idea of how to do it. 9) The question is where to get a computer. 总结?归纳八 1哪些疑问词常和不定式连用, 2这些疑问词常和不定式连用作什么成分, 9. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)They made plans to live in Paris. 2)I heard them talk in whispers all the time at the meeting. 3)He warned her to be careful . 总结?归纳九 1 不定式的一般式形式: 2不定式的一般式所表示的动作同句中谓语动词所表示的动作的时间对比关系如何, 10(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)He pretended to be listening to me carefully. 2)When he came in , I happened to be reading the novel. 3)They seemed to be talking about me when I passed by. 总结?归纳十 1不定式的进行式形式: 2不定式的进行式所表示的动作同句中谓语动词所表示的动作的时间对比关系如何, 11. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I am sorry to have kept you waiting. 2)She is said to have just completed a novel.。 116 3)It is a pleasure to have known you 4)I meant/intended to have done the work before Sunday. 5)I was to have been a doctor. 6)He wished to have met me at the airport. 7) Our headmaster would like to have won the football game against No.2 middle school. 总结?归纳十一 1不定式的完成式形式: 2不定式的完成式所表示的动作同句中谓语动词所表示的动作的时间对比关系如何, 12(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)It is necessary for us to be constantly reminded 2)He hated to be flattered. 3) Marry was anxious for the lessons to be repeated. 4) The book is not allowed to be taken out of the reading room. 5) There are a lot of things to be done. 6) The students went to the hospital to be examined. 总结?归纳十二 1什么时候使用不定式的被动语态, 2不定式一般时的被动形式: 3不定式一般时的被动形式能作什么成分, 13(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) It is a good thing for him to have been praised. 2) She preferred to have been given heavier work to do. 3) He thought it an honor to have been invited to the party. 4) The poem is said to have been translated into many languages. 5) She was the first woman to have been given such a post. 总结?归纳十三 1不定式完成时的被动形式: 2不定式完成时的被动形式能作什么成分, 3动词不定式有主动、被动两种语态，也有一般、进行、完成时等时态，以write为例填 写下表: 主动语态 被动语态 不定式所表示的动作与句中谓语动词 所表示的动作的时间对比关系 一般式 进行式 (无) 完成式 14(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) (1) She wanted a few novels to read. 117 (2) Please give me some books to read. (3)She will show you the right path to take. 2) (1) The coffee is bitter to drink. (2) The chair is comfortable to sit in. (3) They found the lecture is easy to understand. (4) The room is fit to store things in. (5) The picture is pleasant to look at. (6) Volleyball is very interesting to watch. (7) The text is difficult/hard to understand. (8) He is very nice to talk to. 3) (1) There is nothing to be done now. (=we can do nothing now) (2)There is nothing to do now. (=We have nothing to do now.) (3)There is nothing to see. (=nothing worth seeing.) (4) There is nothing to be seen. (= nothing there at all.) 4) (1) The tea is too hot to drink. (2) The box is light enough to lift. (3) He is too young to join the army. 5) (1) You are to blame for this. (2) The shop is to let. 总结?归纳十四 1)什么时候不定式的主动形式表达被动含义, 2)不定式用在‖主语+be+形容词+to do‖此结构中常用其主动形式表达被动含义，常见的这 些形容词有哪些, 3)There be 句型中，不定式的主被动形式均可吗,意思一样吗, 4) too...to, enough...to结构时，不定式的主动形式表达被动含义吗, 5)一些固定短语be to blame ,be to let. 不定式的主动形式表达被动含义吗, 15(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Tell him not to be late. 2) The policeman warned the boys never to play in the street again. 3) He seemed not to have finished his homework yet. 4) I study hard in order not to/so as not to fall behind others. 5) He would rather not go at once. 6) You had better not do it right now. 118 7) Why not come earlier? 8) My son seems not to be following me now. 总结?归纳十五 1动词不定式的否定式怎样构成, 2以write为例写出不定式的各种时态的否定形式: 主动语态 被动语态 一般式的否定形式 进行式的否定形式 完成式的否定形式 16(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) I‘d like to go and see a film. 2) We had to have a job or go hungry. 3) It is easier to praise people than criticize them. 总结?归纳十六 当两个或两个以上的不定式并列在一起，由哪些词连接表同一概念时，后面不定式短语前的to可以省略, 17. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I wanted to ride in the street, but my mother told me not to. 2)You‘d better sing a song if your classmates ask you to. 3)? will you join us in a walk? ? I will be glad to/be happy to (=I would be pleased to.) 4) ? Do you want to give a talk on the subject? ? I prefer not to. 5) ? Did you get a ticket? ? No .I tried to, but there wasn‘t any left. 总结?归纳十七 不定式的省略常用在哪些常见的短语后? 18. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I would rather die than give in.(= I would die rather than give in.) 2)You'd better/ best leave right now. 3)Why stand here without doing anything? 4)Why not let him do such heavy work? 5)Would you please do me a favor? 6) He can‘t but give in to her. 7)I would rather write him a letter now. 总结?归纳十八 哪些词或短语后接不带to的不定式, 119 19. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) I felt something crawl up my arm.= something was felt to crawl up my arm. 2) I often hear him sing this song.=He is often heard to sing this song. 3) He often listens to professor Wang give talks. 4) The boss made/had/let him work 12 hours one day.= He was made to work 12 hours one day. 5) We looked at/saw him come =He was looked at /seen to come. 6) My Dady watched the train leave.= The train was watched to leave. 7) I observed him perform.=He was observed to perform. 8) Someone noticed the thief enter the yard.= the thief was noticed to enter the yard. 9) We often help the old man (to) do his housework .= The old man is often helped to do his housework 总结?归纳十九 哪些使役感官动词后接不定式作宾补时，不定式不能带to, 20. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I'll do anything but/ except help the boy with his lessons. 2)He wanted nothing except/ but to stay here. 3)My sister did nothing but/ except play all day long. 总结?归纳二十 对比以上例句有何区分, 21. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出不定式短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)It is necessary for us to learn from each other. 2)It's very nice of you to help me with my work. 3)It‘s kind of you to think so much of us. 4) It‘s unwise of them to turn down the proposal. 5) It is not easy for us to learn English well. 6)It is not hard for us to do a bit of good. 7) I think it a good idea for her to study medicine. 8) The engine is for you to repair. 9) The lake is a good place for you to swim in. 10) I spoke slowly for them to make notes. 总结?归纳二十一 1不定式的复合结构由什么构成, 2这种结构可在句子中作什么成分,: Unit 42 动词的-ing 形式 120 动词的-ing定义与特征:动词的-ing形式包括了传统语法中所说的动名词和现在分 词。所有行为动词都有-ing形式。情态动词和助动词(除be，have外)没有-ing形式。 动词的-ing形式仍保留有动词的许多特征，可以有自己的逻辑主语、宾语、状语。动词 的-ing形式连同其后面的宾语或状语，一起构成了动词的-ing形式短语。同时动词的-ing 形式又具有名词、形容词、副词的特征，可以在句中充当主语、宾语、表语、定语、宾 语不足语和状语等成分。 导学?探究 1. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Learning new words is very important for me. 2) Walking is a good form of exercise for both young and old. 3) It‘s no use crying over split milk. 4) It's more difficult writing headlines in English than in Chinese. 5) Writing headlines in English is not an easy job. 总结?归纳二十二 以上v-ing形式在句中作什么成分, 2. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)I do not feel like going to work today. 2)I do not like taking photographs of people without asking them first. 3)I am looking forward to seeing you. 4)I enjoy learning about new things. 5)She was very interested in working for our company. 总结?归纳二十三 以上v-ing形式在句中作什么成分, 3. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)Seeing is believing 2)Her job was looking after the children. 3)She was looking after the children. 4)The book is very interesting. 总结?归纳二十四 以上v-ing形式在句中作什么成分, 4. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)There is a swimming pool in our school(=a pool for swimming). 2)This is a walking stick (=a stick used for walking) 3) It is drinking water 4) Your boyfriend is waiting for you at the waiting room. 5) Look at the rising sun. 121 6) That running child is his son.(=a child who is running) 7) The boy standing in the center of the room is from Canada. 8)Two days later I received a letter offering me the job (=which offered me the job). 总结?归纳二十五 以上v-ing形式在句中作什么成分, 5. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) She was heard singing a song. 2) His father saw him sitting on some eggs. 3) He watched the train disappearing in the distance. 4) I found him reading something aloud when I entered the room. 5) I am sorry to have kept you waiting for a long time. 6) The joke immediately got/had all of us laughing. 7) He left ,leaving the water running. 8) Suddenly he felt someone running after him. 总结?归纳二十六 1.以上v-ing形式在句中作什么成分, 2.常接v-ing作宾语补足语或主语补足语的词有哪些, 6. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)Hearing the bad news, they couldn't help crying. (=When they heard the bad news,......) 2)Being a brave man, Charles returned to France. (=Because he was a brave man......) 3)The fish can eat a person in two minutes, leaving only the bones. (=and left only the bones.) 4)They are now at breakfast, talking about the plan for their trip. 5)He came here running. 总结?归纳二十七 以上v-ing形式在句中作什么成分, 7. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) People walk around wearing nineteenth-century clothes. 2) He was in the kitchen cooking something. 3) At times the balance of nature is disturbed, resulting in a number of possibly unforeseen effects. 4) If you think that the illness might be serious, you should not put off going to the doctor. 5)I saw them playing on the playground. 总结?归纳二十八 对比v-ing形式一般式所表示的动作与谓语动词的动作发生的时间: 122 8. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Having written the letter, I went to post it. 2) Having finished their work, they had a rest. 3) I didn‘t remember having met him before. 总结?归纳二十九 对比v-ing形式完成式所表示的动作与谓语动词的动作发生的时间: 9. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing形式的被动语态一般式,并认真体会其用法 1) He asked who was the old man being operated on. 2) You will find the topic being discussed everywhere. 3) Being asked to dance, she couldn‘t very well refuse. 4)Do you mind Jam‘s being left alone at home? (1994,上海) 5)Tom‘s not being invited made his mother angry. 6) He has always insisted on his being called Dr. Turner instead of Mr. Turner. (1994,上海) 总结?归纳三十 对比v-ing形式一般式的被动语态所表示的动作与谓语动词的动作发生的时间: 10. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing形式完成式的被动语态形式,并认真体会其用法 1)Having been sent to the wrong address, the letter did not reach her. 2) Dr Manette, having been kept a prisoner in the Bastille for many years, had recently been set free. 总结?归纳三十一 1.对比v-ing形式完成式的被动语态所表示的动作与谓语动词的动作发生的时间: 2.通过7-10条的学习，我们知道现在分词有四种形式，请以do为例完成下表: 现在分词 主动 被动 谓语动词与非谓语动词所表示的动作的时间对比 一般式 完成式 11(朗读并翻译下列例句，画下v-ing形式的否定式，并认真体会其用法 1)Not knowing how to answer the question, she felt shy. 2)Not having received a reply, he decided to write again. 3)Do you mind not being praised by the teacher? 4)I regret not having been elected monitor. 总结?归纳三十二 以 do为例，写出v-ing形式的各种否定形式: v-ing 主动 被动 一般式的否定式 123 完成式的否定式 12. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The clock striking eight，they began working. 2) The weather being fine, we went for a walk. 3) You must not sit with your feet pointing at another person. 4) He went to sleep with the light burning. 5) His home work having been finished, he went out to play. 6) There being no buses, we had to walk home. 总结?归纳三十三 写出v-ing形式的独立主格结构形式: 13. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分及其前面的词，并认真体会其用法。 1) Tom‘s/His coming late made his teacher angry. 2) Do you mind my /me opening the door? 3) We are looking forward to the doctor's/ the doctor coming to see her. 4) I would appreciate your/you calling back this evening. 总结?归纳三十四 v-ing的复合结构是怎样构成的, 14. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing短语部分及其前面的词或词组，并认真体会其用法。 1) (1)He studied ways of keeping seeds. (2)She was very interested in working for our company. (3)He came here without being invited. (4) I am proud of being a student of No.1 middle school. (5)The child is fond of listening to funny stories. (6) He insisted on doing it in his own way. (7) I am thinking of going to the exhibition this afternoon. (8) My brother is good at drawing . (9) I haven‘t succeeded in talking to him. (10) Are you interested in going to the show? (11) What about the two of us going out for a walk? 2) (1) I admitted having done wrong to him and made an apology to him. (2) We should follow the teacher's advice and avoid making mistakes. (3) We shall appreciate hearing from you again. (4) I advise going there at once. (5) Have you considered looking for one special friend? (6) We allow/ permit smoking only in restricted areas. (7) Our school forbids going out at noon. (8) I enjoy learning English. 124 (9) The rat is lucky enough to escape being caught. (10) Have you finished reading the book? (11) Imagine not knowing the answer to such an easy question. (12) Alice don‘t mind going on foot. (13) I am sorry for missing seeing the film. (14) The kids are practicing singing the song. (15) She suggested doing it in a different way. (16) A person certainly loses when he gives up trying. (17) I dislike playing chess. (18) You mustn‘t delay/put off sending the car over. (19) I feel like going out for a walk. (20) She could hardly resist laughing. (21) He can‘t stand/bear being treated like that. (22) Hearing the joke, he couldn‘t help laughing. (23) If a thing is worth doing at all, it is worth doing well. (24) Fancy meeting you here. (25) Tom went there risking getting caught in a rain. (26) Hearing the funny story ,all my roommates burst out laughing. 3) (1) I am/get /become used to shopping. (2) I object to being kept waiting. (3) He has been looking forward to coming here for a long time. (4) They object to going at once. (5) Tomas devoted all his life to bringing out the secret of nature. (6) David prefers skating to swimming. (7) Let‘s get down to doing the experiment right away. 4) (1) My English teacher spent a lot of time(in)helping me with my pronunciation. (2)All the Senior 3 students are busy going over their lessons. (3)I am sorry for having kept you waiting for such a long time. (4) They were kept busy making preparations for the May Day celebrations. (5)The heavy rain prevented/stopped us(from)getting in the crops. (6)We were kept from going out then by the rain. (7) I had some difficulty/trouble (in) solving this problem. (8) There is no trouble (in)putting the point across. (9) They lost no time in telling us the news. (10) It is no use quarrelling about it. (11) There is no telling/knowing whether he will come or not. (12) It is much /no good writing to him. 125 总结?归纳三十五 1(所有的介词及以介词结尾的短语后接动词的什么形式作宾语, 2(以上哪些动词或动词短语后只跟v-ing作宾语, 3(以上哪些以to结尾的短语后接v-ing形式作宾语, 4(以上哪些句式使用v-ing形式, 15. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出后接v-ing短语部分及不定式短语部分的词，并认真体会 其不同的意义。 1) We stopped talking. We stopped to talk. 2) She remembered writing to us. She remembers to write to us. 3) He forgot locking the door. He forgot to lock the door 4) He regret telling me the truth. I regret to tell you that your mother is ill. 5) He tried to help us. Let‘s try doing the work some other way. 6) Missing a bus means waiting for another one. Tom meant to help us. 7) They can‘t help to move the big stone away. Hearing the funny story, they couldn‘t help laughing. 8) The teacher went on explaining the problem after the break. After finishing studying the text, we went on to do the exercise. 总结?归纳三十六 以上既能接不定式又能接v-ing形式作宾语的这类动词有哪些, 16. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出后接v-ing作宾语及不定式短语作宾补的词，并认真体会 其不同的意义。 1) He advised going home earlier. He advised me to give up football. 2) We don‘t allow/ permit smoking here. We don‘t allow/permit students to smoke here. 3) He forbad me to go out at night. The limit of time forbad my thinking more about it. 4)He is considering/ thinking of going to Beijing . = He is considering/ thinking of how to go to Beijing. 126 We consider him to be honest. =We consider that he is honest. Bell is considered to have invited the first telephone. 总结?归纳三十七 1. 以上哪些动词后接v-ing形式作宾语, 2. 哪些动词接不定式作宾语补足语, 17. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing及不定式短语，并认真体会其不同的意义。 1) (1) I like /love collecting stamps. (2) Would you like/love to swim today? (3) I like playing football, but I don‘t like to play football on such a cold day. (4)It is pleasant working with you. (5)He said, ―To go on like this is no use.‖ (6)It‘s an honour for me to be invited to the party. (7)Playing tricks on others is something we should never do. 2) (1)When did you start/begin to learn/learning English? (2)They continued to do/doing their homework. 总结?归纳三十八 1)作主语或宾语时，v-ing形式与不定式表示的意义有什么不同, 2)有些及物动词后既可跟v-ing也可跟不定式作宾语，意义没有什么区别，这些词有: 18. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing及不定式短语，并认真体会其用法。 1)seeing is believing= to see is to believe 2)It is easier said than done. 总结?归纳三十九 以上例句有何特点, 19. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing，v-ed及不定式短语，并认真体会其作宾语补足语或主语补足语时的不同的意义。 1)Did you see anyone come out of the room? I see someone coming out of the room. I saw him knocked down by a car. 2) Did you hear someone knocking at the door? ? Yes, I did. I heard him knock twice. ? Yes, I did. I heard the door knocked twice. 3)I felt a greet weight taken out of my mind. I felt a worm crawling up my arm. I often fell something craw up my arm. 4)He had the horse running all the way. 127 The soldier had the boy stand at attention. He had his bike repaired yesterday. 总结?归纳四十 v-ing形式与to do, 和v-ed作宾语补足语时的区别是什么, 20. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing，v-ed及不定式短语，并认真体会其作状语时与其 逻辑主语的关系。 1)The secretary worked late into the night, preparing a long speech for the president. (1991) 2)―Can‘t you read? Mary said angrily pointing to the notice. (1993) 3)European football is played in 80 countries, making it the most popular sport in the world. (1998,上海) 4)To improve his English, he often attends English Corner in his school. 5)The thief broke into the house only to find it empty. 6)Surrounded by his kids, he felt happy. 7)Freed from endless homework on weekends, the students now find their own activities, such as taking a ride together to watch the sunrise. 总结?归纳四十一 v-ing 形式与to do, v-ed作状语时的区别是什么, 21. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出v-ing，v-ed及不定式短语，并认真体会其作定语时的时 间对比。 1) Do you know the boy lying under the big tree? 2)Do you have any listening materials?(materials for listening) 3)The meeting to be held on Wednesday is important. 4)He is always the first to come to school. 5)The book borrowed from the library is new. 总结?归纳四十二 v-ing 形式与to do, v-ed作定语时的区别是什么, 22. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画下v-ing形式部分及其前面的词，并认真体会其用法 1)My watch needs repairing(=to be repaired). 2)The house wants cleaning.。 3)The film is worth seeing. 4)The place requires rebuilding. 总结?归纳四十三 1(以上例子有什么特点吗, 2(哪些词后接v-ing主动形式却表示被动意义, 128 Unit 43 动词的过去分词 过去分词的定义和特征:动词的-ed分词是一种非谓语动词，即传统语法中所说的过去分 词，兼有动词和形容词、副词的特征，与自己的状语一起构成分词短语，在句子中可以 充当表语、定语、状语、补足语等成分。它只有一般式表示完成和被动的动作，没有完 成式也没有主动语态。规则动词的过去分词由动词原形加-ed构成，不规则的过去分词没 有统一的构词规则。 导学?探究 1. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出含v-ed形式部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa. 2) The computer centre, opened last year, is very popular among the students in this school. 3) Polluted air is harmful to people‘s health. 4) It will do you good to drink boiled water. 5) We must study hard to catch up with the developed countries. 6) The tiring work made me tired. 7) The excited young man couldn‘t help shouting. 8) The frightened boy kept trembling all the time. 总结?归纳四十四 你能说出以上作定语的v-ed分词或v-ed分词短语在句子中的位置吗, 2. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出含v-ed形式部分，并认真体会其用法。 1) ? Good morning. Can I help you? ? I'd like to have the package weighed, madam. (1989) 2) The speaker raised his voice but still couldn't make himself heard. (1991) 3) He didn't keep on asking me the time any longer as he had had his watch repaired . 4) They are going to get their telephone put in. (以上4例表示让别人做某事) 5) She had her house damaged in the storm. 6) Charles was sentenced to death and would have his head cut off the next day. (以上2例表示遭遇不幸) 7) We must have / get the work finished by 10 o'clock. 8) In that year she had a hundred yuan saved. (以上2例表示使完成某事) 9) I was disappointed to find my suggestion turned down. 10) I found all the windows broken. 11) We often heard the song sung by the youth. 12) What should you do if you see a person trapped under a car? 13) He wondered why the door was kept locked. 14) He left the work unfinished. 15) I found my glasses unbroken. 129 总结?归纳四十五 在哪些动词后可用v-ed分词作宾补，表示一个被动的已完成的动作, 3. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出含v-ed形式部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)Followed by some officials, Napoleon inspected his army. 2)Lost in thought, she almost ran into the car in front of her. (1996) 3)Born a free man, he was now in chains. 4)Well known for his expert advice, he was able to help a great number of people with their personal affairs. 5)Dr Watson and I will spend the night locked in your room. 6) She turned away disappointed. (She was disappointed and turned away) 7) If allowed, I would eat all the food in the house. 8) Even if invited, she won't go to his party. 9) When asked why she did it, she said nothing. 10) Though punished for being late for class for many times, he still comes late. 11) The research is so designed that once begun nothing can be done to change it. 7),11)-ed分词(短语)前可加连词。 总结?归纳四十六 v-ed分词短语可作哪些状语, 4. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出含v-ed形式部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)She looked disappointed. 2)I was not satisfied with the result. 3)We were moved at the news that he had died for the four modernizations 4)He was astonished/surprised at the news. 5)Because he was interested in the book, he read it again. 6)He was frightened to go out at night. 总结?归纳四十七 常见的这类表示人的情感变化的v-ed分词有哪些, 5. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出含v-ed形式部分及其前面的词，并认真体会其用法。 1)The murderer was brought in, with his hands tied behind his back. (1991) 2)He rushed into the room, his face covered with sweat. 3)His work finished (=was finished), he prepared to go home. 4)There was also a gun and a thin piece of rope with the end tied in a circle. 5)With his home-work finished ahead of time, he began to use his computer to write his diary. 总结?归纳四十八 1写出v-ed构成的独立主格结构: 2这种独立主格结构多用来表示什么, 130 6. 朗读并翻译下列例句，画出含v-ed形式部分及v-ing形式部分，并认真体会其用法。 1)The book is interesting. 2)I am interested in the book.. 3)His words are encouraging. 4)I am encouraged by his words. 5)The news is exciting/surprising/. 6)The excited young man couldn‘t help shouting. 7)John Baird could be seen delighted when he saw the boy‘s face on the screen. 8)Do you feel this cloth satisfying? 9)Greatly touched/moved by his teacher‘s deeds， the student got rid of his bad habits。 10)The situation was discoursing then. 11)The little kid was frightened by the frightening dog. 12)The tiring work made me tired. 13)I couldn‘t work out the puzzling problem. 14)The terrified watchers dared not move. 15)After examining the work, my boss left with a satisfied smile. 16)Judging from his worried look, we know he is in trouble. 总结?归纳四十九 1.常见的表情绪、 情态、 情感的心理活动的动词有哪些, 2.一般来说凡是修饰物，表事物的特征、特点、性质这些概念时，要使用什么形式, 3.凡修饰人，表人物的心理状态、情感变化等概念时，要使用什么形式, 4.但表示人心理活动反映的外部表情时却常用什么形式, 练习?检测 I. 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。读熟并翻译下列例子， 认真体会其中非谓语动词的用法。 (1994__2005全国各地非谓语动词考题) 1. When first _______ to the market, these products enjoyed great success.(04全国II-22) A. introducing B. introduced C.introduce D. being introduced 2. ―We can‘t go out in this weather,‖ said Bob, ______ out of the window.(04全国II-28) A. looking B. to look C. looked D. having looked 3. Helen had to shout _____ above the sound of the music. (004全国III-22) A. making herself hear B. to make herself hear C. making herself heard D. to make herself heard 4. Reading is an experience quite different from watching TV; there are pictures _____ in your mind instead of before your eyes. (04全国III-31) A. to form B. form C. forming D. having formed 131 5. It shames me to say it, but I told a lie when________ at the meeting by my boss (04全国IV-25) A. questioning B. having questioned C. questioned D. to be questioned 6. Alice returned from the manager's office, _________ me that the boss wanted to see me at once. (04全国IV-27) A. having told B. tells C. to tell D. telling 7. The old man, ____________abroad for twenty years, is on the way back to his motherland. (04江苏-31) A. to work B. working C. to have worked D. having worked 8. Linda worked for the Minnesota Manufacturing and Mining Company, ____ as 3M.(04浙江 29) A. knowing B. known C. being known D. to be known 9. You were silly not ____ you car. (04湖南33) A. to lock B. to have locked C. locking D. having locked 10. ______ the program, they have to stay there for another two weeks. (04广东26) A. Not completing B. Not completed C. Not having completed D. Having not completed 11. If you are planning to spend your money having fun this week, better ______ it—you‘ve got some big bills coming. (04广东32) A. forget B. forgot C. forgetting D. to forget 12. The news reporters hurried to the airport, only________ the film stars had left. (04福建27) A. to tell B. to be told C. telling D. told 13(Having been ill in bed for nearly a month, he had a hard time________ the exam. (04福建 34) A. pass B. to pass C. passed D. passing 14. I don‘t know whether you happen________, but I‘m going to study in the U.S.A. this September. (04辽宁25) A(to be heard B(to be hearing C(to hear D. to have heard 15(_______by the beauty of nature, the girl from London decided to spend another two days on the farm. (04辽宁30) A(Attracting B(Attracted C(To be attracted D(Having attracted 16. Don‘t leave the water _________while you brush your teeth. (04天津34) A. run B. running C. being run D. to run 17. Laws that punish parents for their little children‘s actions against the laws get parents_____. (04重庆30) A. worried B. to worry C. worrying D. worry 18. According to a recent U.S. survey, children spent up to 25 hours a week _________ TV. (04上海27) 132 A. to watch B. to watching C. watching D. watch 19. The flu is believed _______ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cells inside the human nose and throat. (04上海33) A. causing B. being caused C. to be caused D. be have caused 20. The flowers ____ sweet in the botanic garden attract the visitors to the beauty of nature. (04上海34) A. to smell B. smelling C. smelt D. to be smelt 21. The disc, digitally ______ in the studio, sounded fantastic at the party that night. (04上海 -35) A. recorded B. recording C. to be recorded C. having recorded 22. Having been attacked by terrorists, ________.(04上海42) A. doctors cane to their rescue B. the tall building collapsed C. an emergency measure was taken D. warnings were given to tourists 23. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found ________in the kitchen. (03全国) A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked 24. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but it remains _____whether they will enjoy it. (2002全国) A. to see B. to be seen C. seeing D. seen 25. It is said in Australia there is more land than the government knows______ . (02全国) A. it what to do with B. what to do it with C. what to do with it D. to do what with it 26.______ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river. (01全国) A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered 27. I've worked with children before , so I know what ________in my new job. (00全国) A(expected B(to expect C. to be expecting D. expects 28. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see _______the next year.(00全 国) A(carry out B(carrying out C(carried out D(to carry out 29. Robert is said______ abroad, but I don't know what country he studied in. (99全国) A. to have studied B. to study C(to be studying D(to have been studying 30. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, _________it more difficult. (99全 国)) A. not make B. not to make C. not making D. do not make 31. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door_________ "Sorry to miss you; will you call later." (99全国)) A. read B. reads C. to read D. reading 32. Cleaning women in big cities usually get _____by the hour. (98全国)) A. pay B. paying C. paid D. to pay 33. European football is played in 80 countries, _____it the most popular sport in the world. 133 (98全国)) A. making B. makes C. made D. to make 34. I would love ____ to the party last night but I had to work extra hours to finish a report. (97全国) A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone 35. The Olympic Games, _______in 776 B.C., did not include women players until 1912. (97全国)) A. first playing B. to be first played C. first played D. to be first playing 36. The patient was warned oily food after the operation. (96全国)) A. to eat not B. eating not C. not to eat D. not eating 37. _______in thought, he almost ran into the car in front of him. (96全国)) A. Losing B. Having lost C. Lost D. To lose 38. Paul doesn't have to be made ________.He always works hard. (95全国)) A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning 39. ? You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting. (95全国)) ? Well, now I regret _______that. A. to do B. to be doing C. to have done D. having done 40. We agreed ________here but so far she hasn't turned up yet.(95全国)) A. having met B. meeting C. to meet D. to have met 41. Rather than ______ on a crowded bus, he always prefers______ a bicycle. (94全国)) A. ride; ride B. riding; ride C. ride; to ride D. to ride; riding 42. The missing boys were last seen ______ near the river.(94全国)) A. playing B. to be playing C. play D. to play 43. The visiting Minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, ______ that he had enjoyed his stay here.(94全国)) A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added 44. The first textbooks ______ for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century.(94全国)) A. having written B. to be written C. being written D. written 45. ?I must apologize for ______ ahead of time.(94全国)) ?That's all right. A. letting you not know B. not letting you know C. letting you know not D. letting not you know 46. It‘s necessary to be prepared for a job interview. ______ the answers ready will be of great help. (05北京28) A. To have had B. having had C. Have D. Having 47. When asked by the police, he said that he remembered _______ at the party, but not ______. (05北京30) 134 A. to arrive; leaving B. to arrive; to leave C. arriving; leaving D. arriving; to leave 48. The prize of the game show is ,30,000 and an all expenses __________ vacation to China. (05北京32) A. paying B. paid C. to be paid D. being paid 49. I couldn‘t do my homework with all that noise ________.(05北京34) A. going on B. goes on C. went on D. to go on 50. ______ in a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor. (05湖南 22) A. Dressed B. To dress C. Dressing D. Having dressed 51. I send you 100 dollars today, the rest ______ in a year. (05湖南 34) A. follows B. followed C. to follow D. being followed 52. The repairs cost a lot ,but it‘s money well ________ . (05 湖北21) A(to spend B(spent C(being spent D(spending 53. _______ from other continents for millions of years , Australia has many plants and animals not found in any other country in the world. (05 湖北26) A(Being separated B(Having separated C(Having been separated D(To be separated 54. ? Is Bob still performing? ? I'm afraid not. He is said________ the stage already as he has become an official. (05 江苏25) A. to have left B. to leave C. to have been left D. to be left 55. ________ in the mountains for a week, the two students were finally saved by the local police. (05 江苏27) A. Having lost B. Lost C. Being lost D. Losing 56. All these gifts must be mailed immediately _______ in time for Christmas. (05辽宁 22) A(in order to have received B(in order to receive C(so as to be received D(so as to be receiving 57. I really can't understand ______ her like that. (05全国1 34) A. you treat B. you to treat C. why treat D. you treating 58. The storm left , ________ a lot of damage to this area . (05 全国2 32) A(caused B(to have caused C(to cause D(having caused 59. ―You can‘t catch me!‖ Janet shouted, __________ away. (05 全国3 20 ) A(run B(running C(to run D(ran 60. _________, the more expensive the camera, the better its quality. (05 全国3 17 ) A(General speaking B(Speaking general C(Generally speaking D(Speaking generally 61. While watching television, __________. (05 全国3 18 ) A(the doorbell rang B(the doorbell rings C(we heard the doorbell ring D(we heard the doorbell rings 62. ________ with a difficult situation, Arnold decided to ask his boss for advice. 135 (05北京春季高考 34) A. To face B. Having faced C. Faced D. Facing ?. 汉译英。 1他们计划住在巴黎。 2我听见他们在会议期间一直小声说话。 3他进来时，我碰巧正在读小说。 4对不起，让你久等了。 5据说她刚完成一部小说。 6我本想星期天前完成这项工作。(没完成) 7我本打算当个医生。(没当成) 8周末的运动会被迫推迟。 9为祖国而死，死得光荣。 10盯着外国人看是不礼貌的。 11建一座我们自己的实验室不是个好主意吗, 12帮我做工作，你真是太好了。 13对敌人仁慈就是对人民残酷。 14我们同你一起工作，真是太高兴了。 15告诉他不要迟到。 16谁干这项工作尚未决定。 17他注意到一个小偷溜进了房子 18我将永远不会忘记去年夏天参观过长城。 19.他报怨受到像孩子一样的对待。 20我们都盼着医生来给她看病。 21 十五加十二等于27。 22这旧布需要洗了，应此我们必须让人给洗一洗。 23如果你想把信写好，写信时必须牢记几条规则。 24留下几个问题没解决，那官员跟我们说了“再见”。 25在一个寒冷的早上，卖火柴的小女孩被发现冻死在街道的一个拐角里。 Ш(用所学非谓语结构写五个句子,最好是意思连贯的短文,适当应用连词。 ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________________ 总结?归纳要点提示 总结?归纳一 1不定式短语在句子中做主语。 2若主语较长时，常用形式主语it代替不定式作主语，而把真正的不定式放句子的后半部。 136 例如:1)It is not easy to learn English. 2)It seems necessary to save some money now. 如果要表明不定式的动作是谁做的，可以在不定式前加一个由介词of或for引起的短语，来说明不定式指的是谁的情况。 例如:1)It‘s very nice of you to help me. 2) It‘s not hard for one to do a bit of good. 总结?归纳二 1(不定式短语在句子中作宾语。 2(直接接不定式作宾语的动词和短语有: agree, appear, arrange, ask, attempt, can‘t afford, aim, beg, choose, decide, demand, determine, expect, forget, fail, hesitate, hope, help, hurry, happen, intend, like , long, learn, manage, mean, offer, plan, pretend, promise, prove, prefer, remember, refuse, regret, seem, struggle, try , want, be about, be able, be prepared, do one‘s best, make up one‘s mind, set out, take the trouble, turn out, should/ would like , should/would love等。(其中画线词也可接 v-ing形式，但有的意思不一样。详见后面不定式与动词v-ing的区分) 3(以下词或短语后只能接省略to的不定式: would rather, had better, why, why not, please, would rather...than...=would... rather than... 4(若宾语后面有形容词或名词作宾语补足语时，常用形式宾语it代替不定式作形式宾语，而把不定式放在句子末尾，常用在下列结构中“主语+动词+it+宾补(adj./n.)+to do”。能用于此结构的动词有: feel, think, find, consider， make, believe等。 5(有些形容词的后面常接不定式，如: ready, eager, anxious, sure, glad, sorry, afraid, free, pleased, willing 等。 总结?归纳三 不定式短语在句子中作表语。 ―be+to/be+about to‖表将来(be about to不和具体时间状语连用)。例如:We are to meet at the school gate at 8 o‘clock tomorrow morning. (be about to错) 总结?归纳四 1(不定式短语在句子中作定语。 2(作定语的不定式与主语的关系: 1)主谓关系。例如:. (1) The next train to arrive was from Beijing. (2) Alice was always the first to come. (3) He has no time to think about rest. 2).动宾关系。例如: (4) Dad has too many things to do. (5) He has nothing to say on this question. (6) I have some books to write. 137 3).动状关系。例如: (7) It is time to go. (8) I need a pen to write with. (9) There is nothing to worry about. 小提示: 不定式在句子中作定语时应放在被修饰的名词之后。序数词或形容词最高级后只 能用不定式作定语;不定式作定语还可表示将来的动作;在8)、 9) “不定式+介词”的 结构中，介词不能省略。 总结?归纳五 1(不定式短语在句子中作状语。 2(能作1)目的状语。例如:I stopped to\in order to\so as to talk to an old woman. 2)结果状语。例如:(1)He knows English well enough to read books. (2)The coffee is too hot to drink. 3)原因状语。例如:The whole nation was in deep sorrow to learn the death of Lincoln. 4)条件状语。例如:To hear him talk, you would think he owned the whole world. 3(表目的时，常用to ，in order to , so as to等词引出。 4( 表结果时，常用to do, only to do, too…to do, adj./adv. +enough+ to do, so +adj. +as to do等词引出。 小提示: so as to 引出的不定式只能置于句中而不能放在句首;其中不定式和only连用，表 示未预料到的结果。"too ...to"结构，to表否定意义，.但“too ...to”结构若和not，never等连用时，则不表否定意义。有些形容词用此结构不表否定:这些形容词有ready, anxious, eager, , delighted, glad, willing, pleased等。例如:He is too anxious to leave.他太急于离开。 总结?归纳六 1(不定式短语在句子中作宾语或主语的补足语。 2(常接不定式作宾语/主语补足语的动词有: ask, beg, expect, want, wish, force, encourage, invite, order, oblige, persuade, request, require, teach, tell, think, warn, cause, depend on.等。 3(一些使役感官动词后不定式作宾补时不带to:feel ，listen to, hear, let, make, have， see, look at, watch, observe, notice, (可是help sb.(to) do sth中,to可有可无);但感官动词和役使 动词转换成被动结构时，其后的不定式须带to。 小提示: think /consider/ find/ imagine/believe/ prove等后常接to be+形容词作宾补/主补，to be可省略。 总结?归纳七 不定式短语在句子中作状语。这种不定式结构，称为不定式的独立结构，常与后面 的句子用逗号隔开。 138 总结?归纳八 1(who, what, which, when, where, how等疑问词常和不定式连用。 2(这些疑问词常和不定式连用在句中作作主语、宾语、表语。 总结?归纳九至十三 动词不定式有主动、被动两种语态，也有一般、进行、完成时等时态。当不定式的逻辑主语是不定式的承受者时，用不定式的被动语态，不定式的被动形式能作主语，宾语，宾语或主语补足语，定语，状语。不定式的时态是以句中谓语动词的时间为依据的。在intended, meant, was/were, would like, wished等词后，不定式的完成式表示未曾实现的想法、希望、打算等。例如:I meant to have done the work before Sunday.(没完成)。 以write为例填写下表: 主动语态 被动语态 不定式所表示的动作与句中谓 语动词所表示的动作的时间对 比关系 一般式 to write To be written 不定式的一般式所表示的动作 通常发生在句中谓语动词之后 或同时发生。 进行式 to be writing 不定式的进行式表示其动作正 在进行，与谓语动词发生的动作 同时进行。 完成式 to have written to have been 不定式的完成式所表示的动作 written 或状态发生在谓语动词所表示 的动作之前。 总结?归纳十四 1(不定式作定语时，句子的主语或宾语又是不定式的逻辑主语时，不定式的主动形式表 达被动含义。 2(不定式用在“主语+be+形容词+to do‖此结构中常用其主动形式表达被动含义，常见的 这些形容词有easy, hard, difficult, comfortable, fit, nice, pleasant, interesting等。 3(There be 句型中，不定式主被动均可，但意思不一样。 例如:1) There is nothing to be done now. (=we can do nothing now) 2) There is nothing to do now. (=We have nothing to do now) 4(too...to, enough...to结构时，不定式的主动形式表达被动含义。 5(一些固定短语be to blame ,be to let. 不定式的主动形式表达被动含义。 总结?归纳十五 1(动词不定式的否定式由 “not/never+动词不定式” 构成。 2(以write为例写出不定式的各种时态的否定形式: 主动语态 被动语态 一般式的否定形式 not to write not to be written 139 进行式的否定形式 not to be writing 完成式的否定形式 not to have written not to have been written 但would rather， had better， why后直接加not，即: would rather not do, had better not do, why not do. 例如: 1) He would rather not go at once. 2) You had better not do it right now. 3) Why not come earlier? 总结?归纳十六 当两个或两个以上的不定式并列在一起，由and，or, than，等连接表同一概念时，后 面不定式短语前的to可略。 总结?归纳十七 一般情况下，不定式的省略原则是省略后面的动词，保留不定式符号to不定式的省 略常用在这些常见的短语后:tell sb ( not) to, ask sb(not) to ,I‘d like to, be glad to, be happy to, prefer( not) to，I would be pleased to... 总结?归纳十八 以下词或短语后接不带to的不定式: had better， had best， would rather， cannot but, please, why do, why not do, would rather do… than do…, would do…rather than do…等。 总结?归纳十九 以下使役和感官动词后，不定式作宾补时不带to: feel， listen to, hear, let, make, have， see, look at, watch, observe, notice 在help后，to可带可不带。但这些感官动词和使役动词转换成被动结构时，其后的不 定式须带to. 总结?归纳二十 以上例句区分如下:介词except. but之后跟不定式作宾语时，如果介词前有动词do 及其变化形式时，不定式无to，否则必加to。 例如:1)I'll do anything but/ except help the boy with his lessons. 2)He wanted nothing except/ but to stay here. 总结?归纳二十一 1(不定式的复合结构由什么构成:“for/of+名词或代词+不定式”构成。这个名词或代 词形式上是for的宾语，而意义上是不定式的逻辑主语。 2(这种结构可在句子中作:主语、宾语、表语、定语、状语等。 小提示: 在“it +be +adj. +of / for + sb. +不定式”结构中，其中for与of的确定方法为:表人 物性格品质的形容词常用of，如:right ,wrong, wise, brave, careful, careless, nice, good, honest, polite, impolite, cruel, rude, silly, foolish, kind, unwise, stupid等。 总结?归纳二十二 动词v-ing形式在句中可作主语。例如:Learning new words is very important for me. 140 当动词v-ing形式作主语时，为了平衡句子结构，也可用it作形式主语而把动词v-ing形式部分放在句子后面。可使用这种句型的句式有:It is no use doing…, There is no doing…,It‘s much\no good doing…等。 例如:1) It is no use quarrelling about it. 2) There is no telling/knowing whether he will come or not. 3) It is much /no good writing to him. 总结?归纳二十三 动词v-ing形式在句中可作宾语。以下动词或动词短语后只跟v-ing形式作宾语，而不 用不定式: admit(承认 ), avoid(避免)， appreciate(欣赏/感激 ), consider(考虑) advise,，allow, permit, forbid(禁止) enjoy(喜爱)， escape(逃脱)， finish(完成)，imagine(想 象)， keep (on)(保持)， mind(介意)， miss(错过)， practise(练习)， suggest(建议)， give up(放弃)， can't help(禁不住) burst out， dislike, delay, put off, feel like, cannot stand/bear, be worth, fancy, risk, resist等。 例如:He enjoys reading books in his spare time. 总结?归纳二十四 动词v-ing形式在句中可作表语。例如:The book is very interesting.(表语)，对比: She was looking after the children.(现在进行时)。 总结?归纳二十五 动词v-ing形式在句中可作定语。例如:There is a swimming pool in our school(=a pool for swimming). 动词v-ing短语作定语时一般放在它所修饰的名词之后，相当于一个定语 从句, 例如:Two days later I received a letter offering me the job (=which offered me the job)。 总结?归纳二十六 动词v-ing形式在句中可作宾语补足语或主语补足语。常接v-ing作宾语补足语或主语 补足语的动词有: hear, see, watch, find, keep, get, have, leave, feel 等。 例如:I heard her singing now.(宾补)。 She was heard singing now.(主补)。 总结?归纳二十七 1(动词v-ing形式在句中可作状语，表示时间、原因、、结果、伴随、方式状况等，这 时它相当于一个状语从句或并列句。例如: 1)Being a brave man, Charles returned to France.(=Because he was a brave man......) 2)The fish can eat a person in two minutes, leaving only the bones.(=and left only the bones.) 2(当用作时间、原因状语时，这些短语通常位于句子的前部;当用作方式、结果、伴随状 语时，通常位于句末。例如: 1)Hearing the bad news, they couldn't help crying.(时间状语) 2)Being a brave man, Charles returned to France.(原因状语) 141 3)The fish can eat a person in two minutes, leaving only the bones.(结果状语) 4)They are now at breakfast, talking about the plan for their trip.(伴随状语) 总结?归纳二十八 动词v-ing形式一般式所表示的动作与谓语动词的动作往往同时发生，或后于谓语动词的动作发生。例如: 1) He was in the kitchen cooking something.(同时发生) 2) At times the balance of nature is disturbed, resulting in a number of possibly unforeseen effects. (后于谓语动词的动作发生)。 总结?归纳二十九 动词v-ing形式完成式所表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前。例如:Having been sent to the wrong address, the letter did not reach her. 总结?归纳三十 动词v-ing形式一般式的被动语态(being done)表示一个被动动作正在进行，或与谓语动词的动作同时发生。 例如:1) He asked who was the old man being operated on. 2) You will find the topic being discussed everywhere. 总结?归纳三十一 动词v-ing形式完成式的被动语态(having been done)表示一个被动动作发生在谓语动词的动作之前。例如:Having been sent to the wrong address, the letter did not reach her. 动词v-ing形式现在分词有四种形式: 现在主动 被动 谓语动词与非谓语动词所表示的动作的时间对比 分词 一般doing being done 表示分词的动作同谓语动词所表示的动作同时发式 生或后于谓语动词的动作发生。 完成having having been 表示分词的动作先于谓语动词所表示的动作发生。 式 done done 总结?归纳三十二 动词v-ing形式的各种否定式: 现在分词 主动 被动 一般式的否定式 not doing not being done 完成式的否定式 not having done not having been done 总结?归纳三十三 动词v-ing形式的独立主格结构形式:由―名词/代词+-ing形式"或"with+宾语+-ing形式" 构成。这时-ing形式与其前的名词或代词是主动的逻辑主谓关系。这种结构可表示:时间、原因、伴随状况等。 例如:1) The weather being fine, we went for a walk. 2) You must not sit with your feet pointing at another person. 3) He went to sleep with the light burning. 142 There be 的独立主格结构形式是there being...例如:There being no buses, we had to walk home. 总结?归纳三十四 动词v-ing的复合结构是由名词所有格或形容词性物主代词加v-ing构成。名词所有格或形容词性物主代词是v-ing的逻辑主语。动名词的复合结构若作句子主语，仅能用名词所有格或形容词性物主代词所有格;若作宾语则可用名词普通格代替名词所有格，物主代词宾格代替物主代词所有格。例如: 1) Tom‘s/His coming late made his teacher angry.(Tom\him错) 2) Do you mind Tom‘s\Tom\his \him opening the door? 总结?归纳三十五 1(所有的介词及以介词结尾的短语后用动词v-ing形式作宾语。 2(有些动词或动词短语后只跟v-ing形式作宾语，如: admit(承认 ), avoid(避免)， appreciate(欣赏/感激 ), consider(考虑) advise,， allow, permit, forbid(禁止) enjoy(喜爱)， escape(逃脱)， finish(完成)，imagine(想象)，keep (on)(保持)，mind(介意)，miss(错过)，practise(练习)，suggest(建议)，give up(放弃)， can't help(禁不住) burst out， dislike, delay, put off, feel like, cannot stand/bear, be worth, fancy, risk, resist等。 3(有些以to结尾的短语后接v-ing形式作宾语，如: be/get /become used to(习惯于)， object to(反对), devote…to(献身于)， prefer…to(喜欢)， look forward to(期待), get down to(开始)等， 由于这些短语中的to都是介词，所以后面跟v-ing形式。 4 .以下句式中使用动词ing形式: be busy doing, spend…(in)doing, keep sb./sth.doing, be kept busy doing, stop/prevent sb. (from )doing, keep sb. from doing ， have trouble/difficulty (in) doing, there is no trouble (in) doing, lose no time (in)doing, It is no use doing, There is no doing+从句，(口语)不可能... , It is much/no good doing. 总结?归纳三十六 既能接不定式又能接v-ing形式作宾语的这类动词有: forget, remember, stop, regret, try, mean, can‘t help, go on等。 这些动词后跟不定式与v-ing形式意义不同，不定式表示的动作发生在谓语动词之后，而v-ing表示的动作发生在谓语动词之前，常用一般式doing代替完成式having done. 1. stop doing意思为停止干某事;stop to do意思为停下来开始干某事。 2. 在remember, forget, regret后跟v-ing形式时，v-ing形式表示动作发生在上述动词之前;上述动词后跟不定式时，不定式表示的动作发生在上述动词之后。 3. try to do强调某人的意图或打算，而try doing强调试着做，看效果如何。 4. mean to do意思为意图或打算干某事;mean doing意思为意味着 5. can‘t h help to do意思为不能帮助;can‘t help doing意思为情不自禁干某事.。 6. go on后跟-ing形式表示―继续去做同一件事‖，后跟不定式表示―干完一件事接着去干另一件事‖。例如: 143 He forgot to tell me to post the letter. 他忘了I shall never forget finding that rare stamp on 叫我发信。 an ordinary envelope. 我永远也忘不了在一 个普通信封上发现了那枚珍贵的邮票。 Remember to write to us when you get there. I don‘t remember meeting him. 我不记得见 到那里，记得给我们写信。 过他。 I regret to tell you that I can‘t go to your They regretted agreeing to the plan. 他们后 birth-day party. 我很遗憾告诉你我不能去悔同意这个计划。 参加你的生日晚会了。 He tried to pretend to share in the pleasure She tried reading a novel, but that couldn‘t with his friend. 他尽力假装与朋友分享欢make her forget her sorrow. 她试着看看小 乐。 说，但也不能使她忘记伤心事。 I didn‘t mean to hurt you. 我没有企图伤害A friend indeed means helping others for 你。 nothing in return. 真正的朋友意指不图回报 地帮助别人。 He can‘t help laughing.他情不自禁地笑了。 He can‘t help to carry the box.他不能帮助搬 那箱子。 They went on reading the text.他们接着读课After writing, they went on to read the text.写 文。(继续去做同一件事) 完之后，他们接着读课文。(干完一件事接 着去干另一件事)。 总结?归纳三十七 allow/permit/advise/forbid.这些词后接v-ing形式作宾语，接不定式作宾语补足语。可用以 下结构表示:主语+allow/permit/advise/forbid +sb. + to do;主语+allow/permit/advise/forbid +(sb‘s)doing. 注意consider doing译为“考虑干某事”;而consider sb / sth to......却译为“认 为某人/某事怎样”。 例如:1) He advised going home earlier. cf.He advised me to give up football. 2)He is considering going to Beijing . cf. We consider him to be honest. 总结?归纳三十八 1(作主语/宾语时，v-ing形式表示笼统和抽象意义，即泛指某种行为或动作;而不定式 则表示某个具体动作或具体意义。例如:I like playing football, but I don‘t like to play football on such a cold day. 2(有些及物动词后既可跟v-ing也可跟不定式作宾语，意义没有什么区别，这些词有: begin, start, continue,等，例如:When did you start/begin to learn/learning English? 若love/like前有should/would时，其后只能接to do。例如:Would you like/love to swim today? 总结?归纳三十九 这些结构前后平行。即 v-ing形式对应v-ing形式;to do形式对应to do形式;done形式 对应done形式。 总结?归纳四十 144 v-ing形式与to do, v-ed作宾语补足语时的区别:不定式短语作宾语补足语时，表示动作已经发生，指事情的全过程已经结束,与其逻辑主语是主谓关系;v-ing形式短语作宾语补足语则表示动作正在进行与其逻辑主语是主谓关系;v-ed形式短语作宾语补足语时与其逻辑主语是动宾关系。 例如: 1)Did you see anyone come out of the room? (指看到某人走出房间的全过程) 2)I see someone coming out of the room. (指看到某人当时正走出房间) 3)I saw him knocked down by a car. (指看到某人被车撞倒) 当上述这样的句子由主动语态变为被动语态时，其中的宾语补足语就变成了主语补足语。 常接v-ing， to do, v-ed作宾语补足语的动词是感官动词或使役动词，如see, watch, hear, notice, find, feel，have等。 总结?归纳四十一 v-ing 形式与to do, v-ed作状语时的区别:v-ing 形式与to do与其逻辑主语是主谓关系; v-ed与其逻辑主语是动宾关系。 例如; 1)European football is played in 80 countries, making it the most popular sport in the world. (主谓关系) 2)To improve his English, he often attends English Corner in his school. (主谓关系) 3)Surrounded by his kids, he felt happy.(动宾关系) 总结?归纳四十二 v-ing 形式与to do, v-ed作定语时的区别:v-ing 形式表示所修饰词的非谓语动作正在进行或表示所修饰词的用途;to do形式表示所修饰词的非谓语动作将要进行;v-ed形式表示所修饰词的非谓语动作已经发生。 例如:1) Do you know the boy lying under the big tree? (非谓语动作正在进行) 2)The meeting to be held on Wednesday is important. (非谓语动作将要进行) 3)The book borrowed from the library is new. (非谓语动作已经发生) 总结?归纳四十三 在want，need，require ，be worth等动词后，总是用-ing形式的主动形式表示被动意义。 例如;1)My watch needs repairing(=to be repaired). 2)The house wants cleaning.。 3)The film is worth seeing. 4)The place requires rebuilding. 但若主语需要宾语干某事则用以下句式:“主语+ need/want/require +宾语+ to do sth. ”例如:I need a book to read. 总结?归纳四十四 作定语的v-ed分词如果是单词，一般放在它所修饰的名词的前面;而v-ed分词短语作定语，要放在它所修饰的名词的后面。 例如:1) Most of the artists invited to the party were from South Africa. 2) Polluted air is harmful to people‘s health. 145 小提示: v-ed分词表示被动完成或仅表已经完成;或表示人对事物的看法，心理反映，即“觉得如何”。 总结?归纳四十五 在动词hear，see，make，find，keep等后可以。注意have/get sth.+-ed分词作宾补‖的3种不同含义: 1. 表示让/叫别人(为自己)做某事。 2. 表示―使完成某事"，可以是别人完成，也可以是自己参与完成。 3. 表示"遭遇某事"，常指不幸之事。 总结?归纳四十六 -ed分词短语可作时间、地点、原因、条件、让步、伴随状况等意义的状语，这种-ed分词短语相当于一个状语从句。注意:1. 这种v-ed分词(短语)作状语时，句子的主语是v-ed分词所表示的动作的承受者。2. v-ed分词(短语)作状语时，也可在前面加上when，if，Even if , once ,though等连词，以便明确是作何种状语。 总结?归纳四十七 常见的这类表示人的情感变化的v-ed分词有: disappointed(失望的)， astonished(惊讶的)， excited(激动的)， interested(感兴趣的)，satisfied(满足的)， surprised(惊奇的)， moved(感动的)， frightened(害怕的)等。 小提示:作表语的-ed分词大多已转化为形容词，用来表示主语所处的状态。 总结?归纳四十八 v-ed构成的独立主格结构是:―名词/代词主格+v-ed分词‖ 或"with+宾语+v-ed分词"。 这种独立主格结构多用来表示行为方式或伴随状况，有时用来表示时间、原因、条件等。 注意:这时v-ed分词与前面的名词普通格或代词主格的逻辑关系是被动的逻辑关系。 总结?归纳四十九 表情绪 、情态、 情感的心理活动的动词有: excite， delight, interest, encourage, touch, move, discourage , surprise, frighten , satisfy, terrify, tire, worry, disappoint, puzzle等。 一般来说凡是修饰物，表事物的特征 特点 性质这些概念时，要使用v-ing形式;凡修饰人，表人物的心理状态 情感变化等概念时，要使用v-ed形式。但表示人心理活动反映的外部表情时却常用v-ed形式。如:a satisfied smile, the terrified watchers, the worried look等。注意:v-ing形式表示对人造成的影响，即 “令人怎么样”;v-ed形式表人对事物的看法，心理反映，即“觉得如何”。 Unit 31 There be 结构 当我们谈论“某地或某时有„„”时，常常用There be 结构，其主语位于be动词之后，be动词与靠近的主语保持主谓一致。 导学?探究 1(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 146 1) There is a book on the desk. 2) There are many people at the school gate. 3) There are four students waiting at the library. 4) There is a table, four chairs and a small bed in the room. 5) There are some books, two pens and a ruler on the desk. 6) There was a football match yesterday afternoon. 7) There is no milk in the bottle. 8) Are there any magazines in the reading-room? 9) There were many children in the park last Sunday. 10) There is going to be a football match tonight. 11) There will be an English contest in our school next week. 12) There has been much talk about current affairs. 13) Traditionally, there have been only two major political parties in the United States — the Republicans and Democrats. 14) There is to be a party tonight. 15) There are a few simple safe measures to follow while training. 16) There are also records of gymnastics being performed in China and some other Asian countries. 17) In China, there is only 7% of the land used for growing crops, which feeds more than one fourth of the world population. 18) If the population keeps growing so quickly, there will be only standing room left for us next century. 19) There were lots of good English language programs broadcast on TV or on the radio in China. 2(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 1) There used to be a cafe across the road. 3) There seems to be a quarrel between the two girls. 4) There appeared to be only one room. 5) There happened to lie a small lake at the foot of the mountain. 6) There must be something wrong with it. 7) There might have been a quarrel between the couple. 8) There lived an old hunter in that small village. 9) There stands a man-made hill near the lake. 10) There remained nothing of his house after the fire. 11) There lies a bright future before them. 12) There rose a bright moon from behind the hills. 13) There is likely to be a quarrel between them. 14) There existed such a boy. 3(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 147 1)There is no good/use going there. 2)There is no need to worry. 3)There is thought to be an army between in these two countries。 4)There is no knowing what he is doing. 5)There is no sense in going alone. 4(朗读并翻译下列例句，画出其中的“There be结构”，并认真体会其用法。 1)There being a house with a garden is of great value. 2)It is impossible for there to be any more. 3)People don't want there to be another war. 4)This depended on there being a sudden change. 5)There being no buses, we had to walk home. 6)There being nothing else to do, we went home happily. 7) It was too late for there to be any buses. 总结?归纳六 1. There be…结构的肯定式及各种时态形式: 2. 在There be…结构中有时不使用be，而使用下列动词: 3. There be 结构的常用句型: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 4. there be句式的非限定形式。 There be 的非限定形式有两种，___________和_________ 1) 作主语: 2) 作宾语: 3) 作状语: 练习?检测 ?.从A、B、C、D四个选项中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，然后回填答案，读熟并翻译下列句子，认真体会其中there be结构的用法。 1. ______ a reading lamp on the table. A. There is B. There has C. It is D. It has 148 2. ,What a rainy summer we've had! ,Yes, there______ only 3 sunny weekends the whole summer. A. have been B. are C. had been D. has been 3. I didn't want _____ to be a war between these two countries. A. it B. them C. there D. their 4. ______ no coffee left, they had to make do with tea. A. It being B. There being C. It was D. There was 5. There is a little hope of ______ a settlement of the argument. A. to be B there to be C there being D being 6. I don't expect there ______ any misunderstanding. A is B to be C being D will be 7. There are five pairs_____, but I‘m at a loss which to buy. A to choose B to choose from C to be chosen D for my choosing 8. There is no use______ a lot without ______ anything. A to talk, do B talked, doing C talking, being done D talking, doing 9. If the storm had happened in the day-time, there ______ many more deaths. A were B would have been C had been D would be 10. ______ Mary with a baby in here arms just when I was about to leave. A There enter B There entered C Entered there D There entered into 11. There are a lot of people ______ for the bus to come. A waiting B to wait C waited D is waiting 12. The little girl is afraid to enter the house, because ______ a big dog at the gate. A lies there B lays there C there lies D there lays 13. About twenty-three centuries ago, ______. A there lived in Greece a great thinker who called Aristotle B a great thinker lived in Greece calling Aristotle C lived there in Greece a great thinker called Aristotle D there lived in Greece a great thinker named Aristotle 14. ______ plenty of water in this river. A There used to being B There used to be C There is used to being D There was used to be 15. What a pity, my new computer doesn't work. ______ must be something wrong with it. A It B There C This D That 16. ______ no need for us to discuss the problem again since it has already been settled. A It has B There has C It is D There is 17. Let's get through the work quickly. ______ seems to be little time left now. A It B That C There D we 18. ______appeared to be a war between his heart and his mind. A(There B It C Where D What 19. There ________ a bed and a big wardrobe with a mirror( 149 A(being B(to be C(was D(be 20. No one would have dreamed of ______ such a good place( A(there is B(there to be C(there being D(there was 21. If the police hadn't reacted quickly，______ a bad accident( A(there were B(there will be C(there could have been D(there had to be 22. ______ more difficulties than you thought( A(It is likely B(It is likely to be C(There is likely D(There are likely to be 23. ________just twenty-eight pounds( A(There remained B(It remained C(There were remained D(That remained 24. There ________ nobody in the room ( A(were just B(happened being C(were happened D(happened to be 25. There is no point ________ about it again( A(in talking B(talking C(to talk D(talk ?. 汉译英: 1. 那盒子里好像有好几本书。 2. 他们之间可能有些误会。 3. 24小时之后将有一次暴风雨。 4. 碰巧车站旁边有一个电话亭。 5. 过去在山脚下有一座庙。 6. 似乎是没有麻烦了。 7. 那年适逢严重水灾。 8. 今晚有个会议。 9. 有人敲门。 10. 有个女孩一直在等你。 11. 不久天就要下雨了。 12. 这个城市里有多少人口? 13. 课桌上有一个钢笔和两本书。 14. 在教室里有一些学生和一位老师。 15. 晚上可能有雪。 16. 看来没人愿意帮忙。 17. 过去这儿有一座楼房。 18. 碰巧有个人在此经过。 19. 好像没有太大的希望。 20. 一定有问题。 21. 不应该有这么多的人。 22. 可能还有点希望。 23. 这以前住着一个富翁。 24. 然后有人敲门。 25. 然后是传来了可怕的声音。 150 26. 突然进来了一个奇怪的人。 27. 跟他生气是没有用的。 28. 解释是没有必要的。 29. 根本没有必要给他那么多的钱。 30. 据报道，找到了一种更好的治疗癌症的方法。 31. 无法知道他什么时候回来。 32. 这儿有个商店，真是方便极了。 33. 我们希望不会出现争吵。 34. 老师在等着大家都安静下来。 35. 屋里没人，我们意识到哭喊是没有用的。 ?.请用 There be结构写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。 ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ 练习?检测参考答案 第一章 动词的时态 ?. 单项填空: 1—5 BDCAD 6—10 CBDCD 11—15 AADDB 16—20 CCBBC 21—25 AACBC 26—30 BAAAC 31—35 BBBDA 36—40 ADACB 41—45 DCDBB 46—50 DABAC 51—55 BBCCB 56—57 CD 1(答案为B。 由上下文可知是在前句动作发生之前没见过她，所以用过去完成时表示“过去的过去”。 2( 答案为D。句意为“我当时没有注意他的话，所以(现在)觉得他讲的话一半我没 有听到”。miss这个动作应为当时没有注意听的结果，所以用过去时。 3(答案为C。不知道Sam 是否完成了作业，只知道今天上午他在做作业，强调今天上 午正在发生的动作，用过去进行时。 4(答案为A。本句强调“我过去某个时候曾要求你不要动我的字典”，故用过去时。 5(答案为D。句意为“什么拦住了你,”是指在你到这儿之前的事，故用过去时。 6(答案为C。本句遵循主句是将来时，时间、条件状语从句用现在时的原则，故选现在 时。 7(答案为B。该句考查定语从句的时态，句中when指in the early 1990s, 故用过去时。 8(答案为D。主从句时态要一致。 9( 答案为C。句意为“这家店即将关闭，所以所有的T-shirts都在半价销售。”这里用 进行时表示将要发生的动作。 151 10(答案为D。Jane已经走了，所以她离开是过去的事。 11(答案为A。强调“当你来拜访我的时候，我正在机场等朋友”。发生在过某一时刻 的动作要用过去进行时。 12(答案为A。首先句子的主语为the sales, 谓语动词应为复数;然后，前后两个分句时 态应一致。 13(答案为D。Thomas Edison 已于1931年去世，说到他的发明自然用过去时。 14(答案为D。用过去进行时表示过去某一时刻正要发生的动作。 15(答案为B。从“they would wait till…”可知他们还在等，用过去完成进行时表示从过 去某一时间持续到过去另一时间，并还要延续下去的动作。 16(答案为C。她改变发型发生在来重庆之前，故用过去时。 17(答案为C。ever since与现在完成时连用。 18(答案为B。因为现在邻居正在准备party，发出嘈杂声。 19(答案为B。句意为:“因为失业了，她在考虑重返校园。”现在完成进行时表示从 失业开始她一直都在考虑这个问题。 20(答案为C。北京市长说所有的北京奥运建设将在2006年完成。此题考查动词的时态 语态，显然此题应用将来完成时的被动语态。 21(答案为A。此题考查时态和主谓一致，主语为the teacher,谓语动词用单数，而动作 发生的时间为when the earthquake struck, 故选A。 22. 答案为A。此题句意为:请不要偏离话题，否则，我们就不会做出决定。祈使句与 or或and连用，or或and后常用将来时态。 23(答案为C。grow与as从句里的wait同时发生，所以用过去时。 24(答案为B。这里的stay是系动词，表示保持某种状态，不用被动语态。 25(答案为C。but连接的是并列句，其谓语动词时态应与thought一致。 26(答案为B。at this time tomorrow指将来某一具体时刻，故用将来进行时。 27(答案为A。the news came之前我就知道了，故用过去完成时。 28(答案为A。句意表明我抱歉是因为当时没有评论那件新衣服，故用过去时。 29(答案为A。时间副词recently应与现在完成时搭配。 30(答案为C。此句考查时间状语从句中的时态，遵循遵循主句是将来时，时间、条件 状语从句用现在时的原则，。 31(答案为B。depend为不及物动词，没有被动形式，这里也不需要进行时。主语为it， 动词要用第三人称单数形式，故选B。 32(答案为B。 根据动作发生的先后可知，丢失玩具熊在前，哭在后，后面的动词为believed，所以要选择过去时和过去完成时。 33(答案为B。wonder, think, hope等词可用进行时态委婉、客气地提出请求。 34(答案为D。前一分句所说的状态是含此刻在内的广泛意义的时间，故用现在时。 35(答案为A。本题要表达“技术更新变化迅速”的含义，进行时可以表达一种持续变 化的状态，体现“变化、趋势和进展”。 36(答案为A。本题强调当看到UFO的时候，它正从东向西飞，过去进行时可以表现过 去某一时刻正在发生的动作。 152 37(答案为D。句子的时间状语为for a very long time，通常用现在完成时，表示有好长 时间没有像现在这样不舒服了。 38(答案为A。“will +动词原形”用来表示临时决定要去做的事。 39(答案为C。价格已经降下来了，才能怀疑它会不会保持住，所以前一个分句要用现 在完成时表示已经发生的事情。 40(答案为B。指当时(冒犯对方的时候)没有注意到。 41(答案为D。句意为“他不停地看她，不知是否在什么地方见过她。” kept为过去的 动作，以前见过她应该发生在过去的过去，故用过去完成时。 42(答案为C。婚礼发生在last week，没有被邀请应发生在过去的过去，故用过去完成 时的被动语态。 43(答案为D。从时间状语从句可知主句的时态应为过去的某种时态，学英语在上 大学之前，所以要用过去完成时。 44(答案为B。句意为“科学家认为几大洲今天的位置并不总是在原来的地方。”强调 大洲的位置时没变化的。 45(答案为B。前一个分句对过去的情况进行推测，所以Tina来这里看你也是过去的事。 46(答案为D。人们的电话一直没停(直到现在)，他们在问我如何花奖金是打电话时 一直在问的问题，所以用进行时。 47(答案为A。句意为“当老人开始往家里走的时候，太阳已经落山了。”老人回家是 过去的事，太阳落山发生在过去的过去，所以从句用过去时，主句应用过去完成时。 48(答案为B。从“that they won‘t support him”可知主句不会是过去的某种时态，而句 意告诉我们他的父母已经做出了决定，所以B项正确。 49(答案为A。从before I joined them可知句子要用过去完成时，而后一个分句强调工作 进行了一周，动作有连续性，同时now也提示后面要用进行时。 50(答案为C。整个句子基于过去时，从句意可知“她不想让父母知道她在干什么”， 说明她还没做完，进行时有未完成型、暂时性，最能体现本句的意思。 51(答案为B。句意为“他在他躺着的地方睡着了，没有脱衣服。”从句的谓语动词指 他睡着时正在躺着的地方，故用过去进行时。 52(答案为B。此句考查条件状语从句中的时态，遵循主句是将来时，时间、条件状语 从句用现在时的原则。 53(答案为C。此题句意为“这咖啡的味道太特别了，跟我以前所品尝过的都不一样。” 根据句意和时间副词before可知要用现在完成时。 54(答案为C。前一句请对方Listen，所以后一句是问“他们正在说什么语言,” 55(答案为B。“will +动词原形”用来表示临时决定要去做的事。 56(答案为C。此题句意为“今天我给姐姐打了三次电话，但总占线。”此句指发生在 过去的动作对现在的影响，故用现在完成时。 57(答案为D。时间状语为then，所以句子应该用过去时，而only then作为状语置于句 首，句子要用倒装语序，故D为正确选项。 ?. 汉译英。 1(Yesterday I got up at 7 o'clock and had a big breakfast .Then I walked to work, which took 153 me about half an hour. I started work at 8:45. I didn‘t have lunch .I finished work at 5 o'clock. And I was very tired when I got home. I cooked a meal in the evening. I went to bed at about 11 o'clock and I slept well. 2(Paul and I played tennis yesterday and he won the game easily. 3(The film we saw last week wasn't very good. I didn't enjoy it very much. 4(I was in a hurry to go to the airport to meet my uncle who came from Taiwan, so I had no time to phone you. 5(It was hard work carrying the bags. They were very heavy. 6(Tom will probably arrive at bout 8 o'clock. 7(I think Ann will like the present we bought for her. 8(? Ann is in hospital. ? Oh，really? I'm going to see her in the hospital. 9(I'm too tired to walk home. I think I'll get a taxi. 10(Are you going to watch television this evening? 11(He won't pass the examination. He hasn't worked hard enough for it. 12(Tom burnt his hand when he was cooking the dinner. 13(I saw you in the park yesterday. You were sitting on the grass and reading a book. 14(I was walking along the road when I saw Dave. So I stopped and we had a chat. 15(The police have arrested two men in connection with the robbery. 16(I've written the letter but I haven't posted it yet. 17(Jim is away on holiday. He has gone to Spain. 18(Jane is back home from holiday now. She has been to Italy. 19(Susan really loves that film. She's seen it eight times! 20(What a boring film! It's the most boring film I've ever seen. 21(Everything is going well. We haven't had any problems so far. 22(I'm hungry. I haven't eaten anything since breakfast. 23(It's nice to see you again. We haven't seen each other for a long time. 24(Linda has lost her passport again. It's the second time this has happened. 25(I saw Tom yesterday but I haven't seen him today. 26(? Have you driven a car before? ? No, this is the first time I've driven a car. 27(I had wanted to help you but couldn‘t get there in time. 28(When the firemen arrived, the fire had been put out. 29(The students told the reporter that the injured had been sent to the hospital. 30(Where did you go? We have been looking for you the whole morning. 31(He would come to see us on Sundays. 32(I rang up to tell my father that I should leave for Paris to learn painting. 33(He failed in the exam; he knew he was going to when he looked at the test paper. 34(He told me that he had been waiting for me for half an hour. 154 35(I'll be visiting Professor Li at 2 this afternoon. 36(You will be studying in the university at this time next year. 37(He said he could not be back tomorrow because he would be having a meeting. 38(On the first of next month I shall have studied in this school for five years. 39(By the end of this month, we'll have studied 10 units. 40. By the time the sun sets, they will have been marching for more than six hours. 第二章、动词的被动语态 ?. 单项填空: 1-5DAADD 6-10DABDB 11-15ADDAB 16-20CACDB 21-27BDDDDBA 1答案为 D。该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。因equipment与damage是动宾关系，可 排除B、C，又因broke out提示时间为过去，故可排除A。 2答案为A。该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。因coffee与finish是动宾关系，可排除C、 D，又因can‘t提示时间为现在，要用现在完成时，强调对现在造成的影响，故可排除 B。 3 答案为A。该题根据交际情景考查动词被动语态的用法。expect sth/ sb to do 为习惯用 语，此处主语是the painting，应该用被动语态，故可排除B、C、D。 4答案为D。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。因窗户与擦的关系是被动 关系，可排除A、B，又因关键词for weeks，考虑现在完成时，表示到目前为止的结果， 故又可排除C。 5答案为D。该题根据交际情景考查动词时态与语态的用法。首先patients与treated关系 被动关系，因此选择被动语态，可排除A、B，此处强调现在的结果，没有“过去之过 去” 的意思，故选现在完成时态。 6答案为D。 考查动词的时态与语态。主句使用将来时，从句应该使用一般现在时;根 据句子的意思people与persuade之间是动宾关系，因此，正确答案为D。 7答案为A。该题考查get-型的被动语态。构成:用“get+及物动词的过去分词”构成， 其中get相当于be动词，起助动词的作用。用法:get-型被动语态可用于突然发生、未 曾预料的事态;或用于“最后终于”出现的某种事态。句意为:“莎拉，快点。恐怕晚 会前你没时间换装了。” 8答案为B。该题根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。Since 1990.这一时间状语决 定要用现在完成时，故选B。 9答案为D。该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。因science与break是动宾关系，可排除B、 C，又因语境提示时间为过去，故可排除A。 10答案为B。该题考查系动词的用法。stay在此处是系动词，表示某种持续状态。因表 示感官、状态类的系动词后应接形容词，这类词不用被动语态和进行时态，常用一般 现在时、过去时或将来时态。可排除A、C、D。 11答案为A。该题根据交际情景考查动词被动语态的用法。What happened to sth?的回答 应以sth.开头是习惯用语，故可排除B、D。又因the priceless of works of art与destroy 155 是动宾关系，故又排除了C。 12答案为D。该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。By the end of last year这一状语决定要用过去完成时，表示到去年年底为止已经被完成。 13答案为D。该题考查动词时态的用法及主谓一致问题。yet这一状语决定要用现在完成时，强调对现在造成的影响，故可排除A、C。又因When and where to go for the on-salary holiday这一主语决定要用单数谓语，故又可排除B。 14答案为A。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。而be to blame是用主动表示被动的惯用法，故可排除B、C、D。 15答案为B。 该题考查get型的被动语态。用“get+及物动词的过去分词”构成，其中get相当于be动词，起助动词的作用。get型被动语态可用于突然发生、未曾预料的事态;或用于“最后终于”出现的某种事态。故可排除A、C、D。 16答案为C。该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。因he与kill是动宾关系，可排除A、D。又根据交际情景提示应用过去时，故可排除B。 17答案为A。该题考查动词时态的用法及主谓一致问题。根据语意语境可知用一般过去时态，可排除B、C。one of them这一主语决定用单数谓语，又排除了D。 18答案为C。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。因Rainforests与cut是动宾关系，可排除A。又根据交际情景提示应用现在进行时，故可排除B、D。 19答案为 D。 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。本题关键词是request ，request意为“请求, 要求”，用语request sb to do sth故应用被动语态，根据语意语境可知用一般现在时态，参观者应是被要求不能做某事。故答案应为D。 20答案为 B。 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。by the end of last month这一状语决定要用过去完成时，表示到上个月底为止已经被好了。 21. 答案为 B。 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。因jobs与lose是动宾关系，可排除A、D。又根据交际情景提示应用将来时，故可排除C。 22答案为D。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。根据They hope to finish it next month.这一信息决定用现在进行时，表示现在正被建造。 23答案为D。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。因the preparations与complete是动宾关系，可排除A、B。又根据交际情景we're ready to start.提示应用现在完成时，故可排除C。 24 答案为D。 该题考查动词时态和语态的用法。该题的关键词是:need, collection和complete，collection 是complete动作的承受者，因此用被动语态。before 从句中complete的动作必须在主句谓语动词need one more stamp动作之后发生，故从句中用一般现在时态表示将来。如果从句中的动作在主句谓语动词动作之前发生，从句中用现在完成时态表示将来完成。 25答案为D。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。因position与offer是动宾关系，可排除A、B。又根据交际情景，“我已经弄到比较好的一份工作了”，提示应用过去时，故可排除C。 26答案为B。该题是根据交际情景考查动词时态和语态的用法。 全文尽管用的是过去时，但this open sea is called the Pacific,即“这海被叫做太平洋”是客观事实，故用现在时。 156 27答案为A。该题根据交际情景考查动词被动语态的用法。因story与report是动宾关系， 可排除B、C、D。 ?. 汉译英。 1. He's been employed in this factory since he graduated from university. 2. David is careless. He is always being criticized. 3. She was fired because she was found stealing in the factory.. 4. How long has the novel been written? 5. The window was broken by the naughty girl yesterday. 6. Ten thousand DVDs will have been made by the end of this month. 7. It's said that there will be a basketball match this afternoon. 8. I had my watch stolen. 9. The cloth washes well. 10 .A thief was seen to steal something from the room. 11. Two people were arrested last night. 12. The computer is being used at the moment. 13. .We were advised not to go out alone. 14. This road isn't used very often. 15. .I didn't realize that our conversation was being recorded 16. We found that the match had been put off. 17. Have you ever been robbed? 18. Do you have a newspaper delivered? 19. I was asked some difficult questions at the interview. 20. Mary was given a present by her classmates when she graduated. 21. I wasn't told that George was ill. 22. How much will you be paid? 23. I think Tom should have been offered the job. 24. A meeting may be held this week. 25. Can that job be finished tomorrow? 26(The thieves are believed to have got in through the kitchen window. 27. My teacher was satisfied with my examination results. 28. Great changes have taken place in my hometown in the past ten years. ?(用所学动词的被动语态写五个句子,最好是意思连贯的短文,适当应用连词。(略) 第三章 简单句的五种基本句型 Unit 26 主语，连系动语，表语 ?.单项填空: 1—5 BDACB 6—10 BBCCA 11—15 CBCBB 16—20 ACBBB 1(答案为B。表示天气冷暖长短用系动词get。 2(答案为D。表示生病用fall ill。 157 3(答案为A。表示颜色的变化多用系动词turn。 4(答案为C。根据句意“他感到很担心”，系动词feel 有感觉的意思。 5(答案为B。系动词become表示情绪的变化。 6(答案为B。系动词look表示“看起来”。 7(答案为B。keep busy表示保持忙碌的状态。 8(答案为C。根据句意“肉闻起来坏了”，系动词feel 有“闻起来”的意思。 9(答案为C。stay single表示保持单身的状态不变。 10(答案为A。系动词prove表示“结果证实是…”。 11(答案为C。feel是“摸起来”的意思，不用进行时或被动语态。 12(答案为B。此题考查系动词及其时态，肉在冰箱里将保鲜好几天，须用将来时，连 系动词stay表示保持某种状态。 13(答案为C。remain seated 意为“保持坐好的状态”。 14(答案为B。系动词get经常和过去分词一起构成被动语态，get run over意为“被车辗 过”。 15(答案为B。系动词turn表示“(年龄、时间、数额等)已达到”。 16(答案为A。系动词get经常和过去分词一起构成被动语态，get changed意为“换衣服”。 17(答案为C。系动词go表示变成(某种不理想的状态)。 18(答案为B。句子的主干为“The flowers attract the visitors to the beauty of nature.”所以 这里的“闻起来香甜的”应该是定语，系动词smell不用被动形式，故答案为B。 19(答案为B。系动词remain表示保持某种状态。 20(答案为B。根据句意“躺着晒太阳或在凉凉的海水里游泳感觉不错。”可知feels为正 确答案。 ?. 汉译英。 1(Her face went pale at the news. 2(I was happy because I helped the child find his mother. 3(I‘m 19 years old and I‘m in good health. 4. Time is never long enough for a student of Senior Grade Three. 5(I'm afraid he won't be able to come to the party. 6(Fish soon goes bad in hot weather. 7. China is rich in natural resources. 8. Mr. Smith was once a teacher of English. 9. Silk feels soft and smooth. 10. She's afraid to ask the teacher for help. ?(请用主语，连系动语，表语写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。(略) Unit 27 主语，不及物动词 ?. 单项填空: 1—5 DAABD 158 1. 答案为D。根据句意“新闻仅仅持续30分钟”，last为不及物动词“持续”。 2. 答案为A。keep为不及物动词，表示“(食物等)持久(不腐败)”。 3. 答案为A。此题考查sell的语态和主谓一致，sell well 意为“卖得好，销售不错”，而 句子的主语为books，故答案为A。 4. 答案为B。此题考查“not…until”结构的用法，“我叔叔直到45岁才结婚。” 5. 答案为D。此题考查时态和动词的用法，“for almost an hour”决定了句子的动词必须 具有延续性，不能为瞬间动词，所以答案为表示状态的“had been away”。 ?. 汉译英。 1. She sat in a corner so as not to be noticed by anybody. 2. Hearing the good news all the boys laughed. 3. Helen went to college in London from 1971 to 1973. 4. Mr. Green has travelled thousands of miles. 5. Our products sell very well on the European market. 6. The plane takes off at ten sharp. 7. Our food supplies will hold out for another week 8. This pair of shoes will last at least another year. 9. I failed to see what he meant. 10. She will come to see me if she is free. ?. 请用主语，不及物动词写五个句子，最好是意义连贯的短文，适当运用连词。(略) Unit 28 主语，及物动词，宾语 ?(单项填空 1—5 CACCA 6—10 DCAAA 1. 答案为C。此题考查“agree to do sth.”。 2. 答案为A。此题考查“should / would love to do sth.”，而小汤姆应该是被带着去戏院的， 所以要用不定式的被动式。 3. 答案为C。动词appreciate后需要接-ing形式作宾语，此题考查-ing的逻辑主语，通常 为物主代词或人称代词的宾格。 4. 答案为C。动词imagine后需要接-ing形式作宾语，Peter为-ing形式的逻辑主语。 5. 答案为A。此题考查can‘t help doing 和can‘t help (to) do的区别，前者为“忍不住， 禁不住”，而后者为“不能帮助做某事”，句意为“她不能帮助打扫房子，因为她正忙 着做蛋糕。”所以答案为A。 6. 答案为D。此题考查looks forward to的用法，介词to后应接-ing形式作宾语，paying a visit后面要接介词to,而walkingi n才能与the flower-lined garden搭配。 7. 答案为C。词组lead to中to为介词，后应接-ing形式作宾语，此题意为“新证据的发 现导致了小偷的被抓住。”所以选择-ing型式的被动式，the thief为-ing形式的逻辑主 语。 8. 答案为A。此题考查“pretend to do sth.”,不定式的否定要在不定式符号前加not, 即 pretend not to do sth。 159 9. 答案为A。此题考查mean doing 和mean to do的区别，前者为“意味着…”，而后者 为“打算干…”，句意为“在伦敦的某些地方，错过一辆公共汽车就意味着再等一个 小时。”所以答案为A。 10. 答案为B。此题考查“expect to do sth.”。 ?. 汉译英。 1. I have promised to help him. 2. He refused to do the job. 3. Many students in our school are considering studying abroad. 4. With the help of the students, the police succeeded in catching the robber. 5. I must remember to hand in my composition today. 6. I remember handing in my composition yesterday. 7. He admitted that he was mistaken 8. The students asked if they could play football after class. 9. I didn't know her before. 10. My mother said that I should work harder. 11. He stopped laughing when the teacher came into the room. 12. They are worrying about her health. 13. We want to buy some books on English learning. 14. The little boy didn't know how to get there. 15. She finished doing her homework on time. 16. My father forgot to close the window yesterday. 17. I remember seeing her somewhere before. 18. Many Chinese farmers still depend on traditional methods and their experience. 19. I‘m thinking of doing something special to celebrate my birthday. 20. Only few people dare to meet the challenges of extreme sports. Unit 29 主语 + 及物动词 + 间接宾语(人) + 直接宾语(物) =主语 + 及物动词 + 直接宾语(物) + to/for + 间接宾语(人) ?(单项填空: 1—5 to , for, 不填，不填，to 6—10 不填，to , to , 不填，for 1(答案为to。bring sb. sth. = bring sth. to sb. 意为“把…带给…” 2(答案为for。make sb. sth. = make sth. for sb. 意为“为…做…” 3(答案为不填。teach sb. sth=teach sth. to sb. 意为“教某人学习…” 4(答案为不填。tell sb. sth = tell sth. to sb. 意为“向…说，告诉” 5(答案为to。hand sb. sth = hand sth. to sb. 意为“向…传递，把...递给…” 6(答案为不填。pass sb. sth = pass sth. to sb. 意为“向…传递，把...递给…” 7(答案为to。show sb. sth = show sth. to sb. 意为“向…展示，给…看” 8(答案为to。write sb. a letter = write a letter to sb. 意为“给…写信” 160 9(答案为不填。buy sb. sth = buy sth. for sb. 意为“为…买…” 10(答案为for。make sb. sth. = make sth. for sb. 意为“为…做…” ?. 汉译英。 1. He gave me an English book yesterday. / He gave an English book to me yesterday. 2. Mrs. Green teaches us English. 3. Pass me a cup of tea, please. 4. He paid her 200 dollars for the bike. 5. She ordered herself a new dress. 6. She cooked her husband a delicious meal. 7. He brought you a dictionary. 8. I showed him my pictures. 9. I gave my car a wash. 10. I told him that the bus was late. 11. He showed me how to run the machine. 12. The teacher introduced the new student to us. 13. Can you carry the box for me? 14. Xiaogang writes to his mother once a month. 15. Please feed the bird some food. Unit 30. 主语，及物动词，宾语，宾语补足语 ?(单项填空 1—5 BABCB 6—10 AAABD 11—15 DBCDA 1(答案为B。本句意思为“如果一名厨师被发现在厨房吸烟，他将马上被解雇。”find sb. doing 意为“发现某人正在做某事。” 2(答案为A。本句意思是“那些失踪的小男孩最后被看见的时候正在河边玩儿。”see sb. doing “看见某人正在做某事” 3(答案为B。本句意思是“很快他们能看见水蒸气从湿衣服里冒出来。”rising强调正在 往出冒水蒸气的状态。 4( 答案为C。本句意思是“昨天晚上8点我听见他正在隔壁房间里唱歌。”singing 是-ing 形式作补语，强调听见某人正在做某事，即8点钟的时候他正在唱歌。 5(答案为B。本句意思是“发现自己的建议遭到拒绝，他感到很失望。”“suggestions”和 “turn down”之间是被动关系， 所以用“find sth. done”, 词组“turn down”是“拒绝”的意思。 6(答案为A。此句结构比较复杂，主句为“The managers discussed the plan”，后面的部 分为定语从句修饰“plan”, 关系代词that代替plan在句中作宾语，“they would like to see the plan ____”, the plan和carry out 之间是被动关系，所以A项正确。 7(答案为A。―see sb. do ‖意思是“看见某人干某事的全过程”，此句的意思是“他们看 她从小长大”， 强调事情的全过程，所以A项正确。 8(答案为A。此句意为“你在撒谎，我看见你进了房间。” ―see sb. do ‖意思是“看见某 161 人干某事的全过程”。 9(答案为B。―hear sb. do sth.‖ 这一结构变为被动语态时，不定式符号to要还原，所以 B项正确。 10(答案为D。“catch sb. doing sth.”意思是“在某人做坏事时抓住他/她”。 11(答案为D。理由同上，应该是抓住正在伸手偷窃的那个人， 所以用“catch sb. doing sth.‖。 12(答案为B。 句意为“你刷牙的时候不要让水一直流着。”“leave....doing”是“让... 持续某种状态”的意思。 13(答案为C。“get+n+to do ”意思是“让某人去干(一次性行为)”;“get+n + doing” 意思是“使…开始(((;使(((动起来”;“get+ n +done”意思是“请人干(((,使某 事完成”;此句意为“这孩子一直保持沉默，你能让他开口讲话吗,”，所以C项正 确。 14(答案为D。 “make oneself + 过去分词”是“使自己被...”的意思，“他提高了嗓音 可还是不能让自己被被人听见。”，所以D项正确。 15(答案为A,。此句的意思是“计算机自己只能做有思想的人让它做的事情。”“have sb do” 意为“让…做某事”， 而“have sth done”意思是“让别人做某事或遭遇不幸”，根据 句意和词组的用法可知此题正确答案应为A。 ?. 汉译英 1) The dustmen want to make it clear to the public that they do an important and necessary job. 2) He thought the prime Minister a wise, honest man. 3) He has got everything ready. 4) They proved the theory (to be) correct. 5) I heard them talk about the woman. 6) I must get my hair cut. 7) I don't want anyone to know about it. 8) We cannot allow the boys to play baseball here. 9) We should prefer them to come next week. 10) The rain caused the weeds to grow fast. 11) They lead me to believe that there was no danger. 12) As you have never been there before, I‘ll have someone show you the way. 13) If you have any problem, just let me know. 14) He was made to make an apology to the guest. 15) I‘m sorry to keep you waiting for so long. Unit 31. There be 结构 ?. 单项填空 1—5 AACBC 6—10 BBDBB 11—15 ACDBB 16—20 DCACC 21—25 CDADA 1(答案为A。这是There be 结构的基本形式，主语为a reading lamp, 要用单数形式。 2(答案为A。强调整个夏天只有3个阳光明媚的日子，故用There be 结构的完成式。 162 3(答案为C。此句的意思是“我不希望两国之间有战争。”此处there be 结构充当宾语， there to be表示一个将来的概念。 4(答案为B。此句的主句为they had to make do with tea前面需要一个原因状语，C、D 不符合要求，―There being no coffee left‖是-ing形式作原因状语，意为“因为没有咖 啡了，他们只好用茶将就。” 5(答案为C。介词of后要用-ing形式，there being a settlement of the argument作介词宾 语。 6(答案为B。expect后用不定式作宾语，这里是there to be 充当宾语。 7(答案为B。此句的意思是“有五双/对可以从中选择，我都不知道买哪一个了。”不定 式“to choose from‖ 在there be结构中作定语。 8(答案为D。此句考查两个固定结构“there is no use doing sth.”和“without doing sth.” 9(答案为B。这是与过去相反的虚拟语气，主句需要用would have done 这一形式，它 与there be 结构结合，即为there would have been。 10(答案为B。此句不属于there be 结构，副词there打头，句子采用倒装形式。 11(答案为A。句意为“有很多人在等公共汽车。”people和wait之间为主动关系，强调 人们正在等车。 12(答案为C。在there be 结构中，有时可以根据句子的意思，在be动词的位置用stand, live, lie 等动词。 13(答案为D。句意为“在大约23个世纪之前，有一个名叫亚里士多德的著名的思想家。” 14(答案为B。固定结构“there used to be …”意思是“过去有…(现在已经不存在了)”。 15(答案为B。固定结构“there must be…”意思是“一定有…”。 16(答案为D。固定结构“there is no need for sb. to do sth.…”意思是“对某人来说没有 必要…”。 17(答案为C。固定结构“there seems to be…”意思是“似乎有…”。 18(答案为A。固定结构“there appears to be…”意思是“好像有…”。 19(答案为C。there be 结构遵循就近一致的原则，这里只有C项可以充当为谓语动词。 20(答案为C。dream of 后要用there being 充当介词宾语。 21(答案为C。此句是与过去相反的虚拟语气，句意为“要是没有警察的迅速反应，就 可能会有一次严重的事故。” 22(答案为D。固定结构“there are likely to be…”意思是“很可能有…”， 句子的主语 为difficulties, 所以用are作谓语动词。 23(答案为A。句子的意思为“只有20磅了。”“There remained” 代替“there were”更 好地表达“剩下，留下”的意思。 24(答案为D。固定结构“there happened to be…”意思是“碰巧有…”。 25(答案为A。固定结构“there is no point in doing sth.”意思是“干某事没有意义”。 ?. 汉译英: 1) There seems to be several books in that box. 2) There is likely some misunderstanding between them. 3) There is going to be a storm at sea in the coming 24 hours. 163 4) There happened to be a telephone booth near the bus stop. 5) There used to be a temple at the foot of the mountain. 6) There seems to be no trouble 7) Here happened to be a bad flood that year. 8) There is going to be a meeting tonight. 9) There was a knock at the door. 10) There has been a girl waiting for you. 11) There will be rain soon. 12) How many people are there in the city? 13) There is a pen and two books on the desk. 14) There are some students and a teacher in the classroom. 15) There might be snow at night. 16) There appeared to be nobody willing to help. 17) There used to be a building here. 18) There happened to be a man walking by. 19) There doesn't seem to be much hope. 20) There must be something wrong. 21) There ought not to be so many people. 22) There might still be hope. 23) There lived a rich man. 24) Then there came a knock at the door. 25) There followed a terrible noise. 26) Suddenly there entered a strange man. 27) There is no sense in making him angry. 28) There is no use trying to explain it. 29) There is no need to give him so much money. 30) There is reported to be a better way to cure cancer. 31) There is no telling when he will be back. 32) There being a shop here is a great advantage. 33) We expect there to be no argument. 34) The teacher was waiting for there to be complete silence. 35) There being no nobody in the room, we realized that there was no use crying. 164